[go: up one dir, main page]

TW494680B - Program guide with interactive information display screen - Google Patents

Program guide with interactive information display screen Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW494680B
TW494680B TW088118396A TW88118396A TW494680B TW 494680 B TW494680 B TW 494680B TW 088118396 A TW088118396 A TW 088118396A TW 88118396 A TW88118396 A TW 88118396A TW 494680 B TW494680 B TW 494680B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
display screen
information display
item
interactive information
option
Prior art date
Application number
TW088118396A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
David M Rudnick
Michael D Ellis
W Benjamin Herrington
Steven C Williamson
Suzanne D Hardy
Original Assignee
United Video Properties Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by United Video Properties Inc filed Critical United Video Properties Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW494680B publication Critical patent/TW494680B/en

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/431—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
    • H04N21/4312—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations
    • H04N21/4316—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations for displaying supplemental content in a region of the screen, e.g. an advertisement in a separate window
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/431—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
    • H04N21/4508—Management of client data or end-user data
    • H04N21/4532—Management of client data or end-user data involving end-user characteristics, e.g. viewer profile, preferences
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
    • H04N21/462—Content or additional data management, e.g. creating a master electronic program guide from data received from the Internet and a Head-end, controlling the complexity of a video stream by scaling the resolution or bit-rate based on the client capabilities
    • H04N21/4622—Retrieving content or additional data from different sources, e.g. from a broadcast channel and the Internet
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/472—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
    • H04N21/47211—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content for requesting pay-per-view content
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/472—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
    • H04N21/47214—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content for content reservation or setting reminders; for requesting event notification, e.g. of sport results or stock market
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/478—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
    • H04N21/4782—Web browsing, e.g. WebTV
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/478—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
    • H04N21/4786—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application e-mailing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/482—End-user interface for program selection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
    • H04N21/85—Assembly of content; Generation of multimedia applications
    • H04N21/854—Content authoring
    • H04N21/8549—Creating video summaries, e.g. movie trailer
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
    • H04N21/85—Assembly of content; Generation of multimedia applications
    • H04N21/858—Linking data to content, e.g. by linking an URL to a video object, by creating a hotspot
    • H04N21/8586—Linking data to content, e.g. by linking an URL to a video object, by creating a hotspot by using a URL
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N7/00—Television systems
    • H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
    • H04N7/173—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
    • H04N7/17309—Transmission or handling of upstream communications
    • H04N7/17318—Direct or substantially direct transmission and handling of requests
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/422—Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]
    • H04N21/42204—User interfaces specially adapted for controlling a client device through a remote control device; Remote control devices therefor
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00—Details of television systems
    • H04N5/44—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards
    • H04N5/445—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards for displaying additional information
    • H04N5/45—Picture in picture, e.g. displaying simultaneously another television channel in a region of the screen

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Finance (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Two-Way Televisions, Distribution Of Moving Picture Or The Like (AREA)

Abstract

An interactive television program guide having interactive information display screens is provided. Interactive information display screens may be accessed by selecting an item. Interactive information display screens may include detailed information on the selected item or package and may include user-selectable options. The user-selectable options may be program guide features which have been configured to be exercised in specific connection to the selected item. The user-selectable options which are displayed depend on which program guide features are available to be exercised in specific connection with the selected item and depend on information which is associated with the selected item.

Description

^()8〇 、發明說明（ 背景 本發明係關於互動式電視節目指、 動;:訊=鸯幕之=電視節心二，、 上，電視觀賞者::見電系:!目供大量電視頻道。傳統 資訊。近來發展〜十、目”視即目排程’以獲得節目規劃 上顯示電視節目資訊。 '曰南允坪於-觀賞者之電視 通常，互動式電視節目指南 性’用以輔助觀賞者之電視操作。某：南二=節目指南特 節目指南特性，用以顯示一特:即？南系統包括- 吊，由g類叩目指南系統所提 夢、 資訊的内容及大I m 1、<Λ 螢轉制所提供 〜 小。例如，—典型之資訊螢幕可包本-選定 即目的一描述，但將不白人舾 〇 〇 選疋 1，而曰；r七入一 頻或者網路上有關該節目之資 有『一肩該節目之節目套裝的資訊。此外，像是 有關Ϊ又疋豕長鎖碼，設定提醒器， 錄 疋 即寺特1的節目指南特性無法用於包含與道 套裝資訊的資訊顯示螢幕上。 、、’，或者 幕:二Si的—目標爲:提供具有-互動式資訊顯示勞 幕Γ:4ΓΓ 一目標爲：提供具有—互動式資訊顯示螢 幕的-即目指南，其中提供—節目或者服務之心資訊，且 其中有複數個使用者可選擇特性。 發明概述 本發明之這些及其他目標係根據本發明的原理，藉由提供 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 囔·II*-----tr--------參 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 -4- 五 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 X發明說明（2 =有-互動式資訊顯示螢幕的一節目指南 :、 貪訊顧千签葸 成该互動式 …、勞幕可包括一節目’頻道，網路， 砰述，以及使用者可選擇選項。 纟裝寺的― :使用者可藉由選擇像是一節目，一頻道，— 即目群組（例如：一可購買之套裝，—節目系列，一3 系列，一運動系列等）的 目規劃相 ’、 d小 式资訊_ +故贫 S，而存取互動 螢幕。如果希望，則節目指南所支援之其 ，視内谷料爲可選擇項目。當選定-項目(例如：藉由 制”資訊"鍵，以要求更多資訊)時，節目指南 互動式資訊顯示勞幕，其中可具有該選定項目的一詳 =以及使用者可選擇選項。互動式資訊顯示勞幕中之選項 :即目指南特性（例如：記錄，家長鎖碼，輪靡，電子郵 丄購買等），可供所選定之項目，且其串接所選定項目之 :而運作。一互動式資訊顯示螢幕中之可用選項可取決於 選疋不同項目中的何者而存取該互動式資訊顯示螢幕，並且 進一步取決於有關該選定項目之資訊。 、互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括視訊，靜態影像，廣告，或者 狀態指示器。視訊，靜態影像，或者廣告可選擇用:存取進 一步之節目指南顯示螢幕。 幸又佳者，互動式貝訊顯示螢幕可從任何節目指南顯示螢幕 中存取。當藉由選擇一項目而存取一互動式資訊顯示螢幕 時’所提供之使用者可選擇選項包括：一家長控制選項，一 偏好輪廓選項，一購買選項，一觀賞選項，一調諧至頻道選 頁，一記綠選項，一其他頻道/時間選項，一電子郵件選 -5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） (請先閱讀背面之注音？事項再填寫本頁) --------訂---------線· A7 B7 五、 發明說明（ 目、、’罔頁選項’一新選項，一相關網路，頻道選項，一節 項平組組成選項，一資料服務選項，一應用選項，一喜好選 跳離選項，—區域服務選項，_前頁選項，—提醒器 選項，以及一套裝選項。 選lit南可取決於顯示大小之限制而允許使用者捲動整個 、二或者資訊，以便顯示尚未顯示之額外資訊或者選項。 愚顯示互動^資訊顯示勞幕時，節目指南可決定所選定之 選^顯示使用者可選擇項目中的何者。此項決絲決於所 他^炙項目（例如：所選定係一節目，網路，頻道，或者其 4 之何者），並且可進一步取決於有關該選定項目的資 =(例如：何節目，何頻道，何網路等）。節目指南可根據所 更項目，以及根據有關該選定項目的資訊，而將該選項 、、言詳=資訊可包括有關一節目標題，節目描述，演員，導 2獎項，回顧’分級，片長，頻道號碼，頻道呼叫號碼， ^路加盟者，頻道播映時間，頻道圖案，類別，頻道名 資訊。 ’ 本發明，其原理與各種優點其進一步特性可從伴随圖示以 及以下較佳具體實施例詳述而更爲明顯。 圖1係根據本發明的一節目指南系統其一說明之資料 架構的一概要圖。 / " 圖2係根據本發明的一節目指南系統其一客户/伺服器加 的一圖示。 σ木稱 -6 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（21〇 χ 297公釐 (請先閱讀背面之注音？事項再填寫本頁)^ () 80. Description of the invention (Background: The present invention is about interactive TV program pointers and movements;: News = 鸯 幕 之 = 节节 心心 二, 上, TV viewers :: see the electricity department :! TV channels. Traditional information. Recently developed ~ Ten, "eye-to-eye scheduling" to obtain TV program information displayed on the program plan. "Yue Nan Yunping Yu-viewers' televisions are usually interactive TV program guides" To assist the viewer's TV operation. A: South II = program guide, special program guide features, used to display a special: namely? South system includes-hanging, dreams, information content and information provided by the g class guide system. I m 1, < Λ Fluorescence conversion provides ~ small. For example,-a typical information screen can be included-selected is the purpose of a description, but will not be white 舾 〇〇 choose 疋, and said; r seven into one frequency Or the information about the program on the Internet has "Shoulder of the program package of the program. In addition, such as the long lock code, set reminder, recorder, the program guide feature of Temple 1 cannot be used An information display screen with information on the AND package. ,, ', or screen: two Si's-the goal is to provide-with interactive information display labor screen Γ: 4Γ Γ One goal is to provide-with an interactive information display screen-that is, a guide, which provides-programs or services Heart information, and there are a number of user-selectable features. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION These and other objectives of the present invention are provided in accordance with the principles of the present invention (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 囔 · II * ----- tr -------- Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -4- Printed by the Five Consumers' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy X Invention Description (2 = Yes-Interactive A program guide for the information display screen :, gluttonous Gu Guqian signed into the interactive ..., labor screen can include a program 'channel, network, pop talk, and user-selectable options. Outfitting Temple ―: Use The user can choose a project plan, a channel, a project group (for example: a purchaseable package, a program series, a 3 series, a sports series, etc.), d small information __So poor S, and Access the interactive screen. If desired, the program guide supports it, depending on the content of the grain as a selectable item. When an item is selected (for example, by pressing the "Information" button to request more information), the program Guide interactive information display labor screen, which can have a detailed description of the selected item = and user-selectable options. Interactive information display options in labor screen: the immediate guide features (such as: records, parental lock code, popular , E-mail, purchase, etc.), which can be used for the selected item, and it works in conjunction with the selected item: The options available in an interactive information display screen can be accessed depending on which of the different items is selected The interactive information display screen is further dependent on information about the selected item. 3. Interactive information display screens can include video, still images, advertisements, or status indicators. Video, still image, or advertising options: Access to further program guide display screens. Fortunately, the interactive Besson display can be accessed from any program guide display. When accessing an interactive information display screen by selecting an item, the user-selectable options provided include: family control options, a preference outline option, a purchase option, a viewing option, and a tune to channel selection Page, one green option, one other channel / time option, one email option-5- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the note on the back? Matters before (Fill in this page) -------- Order --------- Line · A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (heading, 'leaf page options' a new option, a related network, channel options , A flat group composition option, a data service option, an application option, a preference option jump option,-regional service option, _ previous page option,-reminder option, and a set of options. The choice of lit south can depend on The limitation of the display size allows the user to scroll the whole, second, or information to display additional information or options that have not yet been displayed. Interactive display ^ Information display When the show is over, the program guide can determine the selected option ^ Display user can choose Which one is the project. This depends on other projects (for example: the selected program is a program, network, channel, or any of them), and may further depend on the resources of the selected project = ( (E.g., what shows, what channels, what networks, etc.). The program guide can be based on the item being updated and based on the information about the selected item, and the option, detailed = information can include a title, description of the program , Actor, Guide 2 awards, review 'grading, film length, channel number, channel call number, ^ channel franchisee, channel show time, channel pattern, category, channel name information.' The present invention, its principles and various advantages and its further characteristics It can be more apparent from the accompanying drawings and the detailed description of the following preferred embodiments. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the data structure of a program guide system according to the present invention. Figure 2 is a diagram according to the present invention. A program guide system for a client / server plus an icon. Σ 木 称 -6-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (21〇χ 297 mm (please first Read the back of the phonetic? Matters then fill out this page)

訂--------.線I 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Η-^Η-Οδυ Α7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（4 圖3係根據本發明的一節目指南系統其一組合之客户/伺服 器與資料中繼架構的_圖示。 —圖4a係根據本發明之説明的節目指南顯示螢幕，以及當選 疋:互動式資訊顯示特性時，所提供的一説明之互動式資訊 顯示螢幕的一圖示。 、圖4b係根據本發明的一節目其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕的一 武明之具體實旅例的一圖示。 圖4c係根據本發明的一分級付費頻道其一互動式資訊顯示 螢幕的一説明之具體實施例的一圖示。 圖4d係根據本發明的一頻道其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕的一 說明之具體實施例的一圖示。 圖4 e係根據本發明的一節目其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕的一 說明之具體貫施例的一圖示。 圖5係根據本發明而提供一節目指南互動式資訊顯示特性 所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。 圖6 a係根據本發明的一説明之節目指南顯示螢幕，於選定 一項目以要求資訊時所提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯示螢 幕，以及於選定-提醒器選項時所提供的一互動《資訊顯示 螢幕的一圖示。 . 圖6b係根據本發明而提供具有一提醒器選項的一互動式資 訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。 Μ«本發㈣_説明之節目指南顯示螢幕，於選定 :項目以要求資訊時所提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯示螢 幕，以及於選定-觀賞選項時所提供的_説明之顯示榮幕的 --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（5 一圖示。 圖7b係根據本發明而提供具有_觀賞選項的— 顯示榮幕所包含之說明步驟的—流程圖。 力式貝訊 圖7 C係根據本發明之音繳萌、苦A , 幕，以及可於選定—項：：一列示其—説明之顯示營 勞幕的一圖示。貞目時Μ的-説明之互動式資訊顯示 圖7d係根據本發明的—説明之節目指南顯示螢幕，可 定一頻迴以要求資訊時所提供、、 莖、，说7 H A 况明义互動式貧訊顯示螢 幕及可①叙—觀賞選項時所提供的-説明之顯示勞幕 的一圖示。 忝 圖8&係根據本發明一説明之節目指南顯示勞幕，可於選定 -項目時所提供的—說明之互動式資訊顯示勞幕，以及可於 選定-調諧至頻道選項時所提供的一顯示傳送的_圖示。 圖8b係根據本發明而提供具有一調諧至頻道選項的一互動 式資訊顯示勞幕所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。 圖9a係根據本發明的—説明之節目指南顯示螢幕，可於選 疋一項目時所提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯示螢幕，以及可 於選疋豕長選項時所提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯示螢幕 的一圖示。 圖9b係根據本背明而提供具有一家長選項的一互動式資訊 顯π螢幕所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。 圖1 〇a係根據本發明的一説明之節目指南顯示螢幕，可於 選疋項目時所提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯示螢幕，以及 可於選疋一購買選項時所提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯示榮 -8 .1---1---.-------------^---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度綱+ _ ®祕iicNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公釐） 494680 A7 B7 五、發明說明（6 ) 幕的一圖示。 圖l〇b係根據本發明而提供具有一購一 訊顯示螢幕所包含之，wg "選/、的一互動式資 <死明步驟的一流程圖。 圖1 la係根據本發明的一明 選定-項目時所提供的_説明南顯示營幕，可於 可於選定一並他頻、tf/ &月炙互動式身訊顯示螢幕，以及 了 m'他頻逼/時間選項時所 資訊顯示螢幕的一圖示。 況月心互動式 :π二' 根據本發明而提供具有一其他頻 互動式,訊顯示勞幕所包含之説明步㈣—流程圖。八Order --------. Line I Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Η- ^ Η-Οδυ Α7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (4 Figure 3 is based on this An invented program guide system with a combination of client / server and data relay architecture. — Figure 4a is a program guide display screen according to the description of the present invention, and when selected: the interactive information display feature, An illustration of an illustrated interactive information display screen is provided. FIG. 4b is an illustration of a specific actual travel example of a Wuming program and an interactive information display screen according to the present invention. FIG. 4c is based on An illustration of an illustrative embodiment of an interactive information display screen of a hierarchical paid channel of the present invention. Figure 4d is an illustrative embodiment of an explanation of an interactive information display screen of a channel according to the present invention. Fig. 4e is an illustration of a specific embodiment of a program and an interactive information display screen according to the present invention. Fig. 5 is a program guide interactive information display according to the present invention. A flowchart of the explanatory steps included in the feature. Figure 6a is an illustrative program guide display screen according to the present invention, an interactive information display screen provided when an item is selected to request information, and -An icon of an interactive information display screen provided in the reminder option. Figure 6b is a flow chart illustrating the steps involved in providing an interactive information display screen with a reminder option in accordance with the present invention. Μ «本 发 ㈣_The description of the program guide display screen, when selected: The item is an interactive information display screen provided with a description when the information is requested, and the _ description displayed with the glory screen provided when the -view option is selected -------------------- Order --------- Line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 494680 A7 Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau ’s Consumer Cooperatives 5. Description of the invention (5 a diagram. Figure 7b is a flow chart showing the instructions included in the glory screen with the _viewing option according to the invention. Flow chart of force-beaming. Figure 7C According to the sound of the present invention , Curtain, and can be selected in the-item :: a list showing its-an illustration of the display of the labor curtain. Zhenmu Shi M-description of the interactive information display Figure 7d is according to the present invention-description of the program guide Display screen, you can set a frequency to request the information provided when you request ,, stem, say 7 HA situation Mingyi interactive poor display screen and can ①-provide options when viewing options-description of an icon showing the labor screen Figure 8 & is a program guide display screen according to an explanation of the present invention, which can be provided when selecting the project-an interactive information display screen of the description, and can be provided when the channel option is selected-tuned to A diagram showing a transmitted image. Fig. 8b is a flow chart illustrating the steps involved in providing an interactive information display screen with a tune to channel option in accordance with the present invention. FIG. 9a is a description of the illustrated program guide display screen, an interactive information display screen that can be provided when an item is selected, and an interactive description that can be provided when a long option is selected An icon on the interactive information display. Figure 9b is a flow chart illustrating the steps involved in providing an interactive information display screen with a family of options in accordance with the present description. FIG. 10a is a program guide display screen according to an explanation of the present invention, an interactive information display screen that can be provided when selecting an item, and an explanation screen that can be provided when selecting a purchase option. Interactive information display Rong-8 .1 --- 1 ---.------------- ^ --------- line (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) Dimensions of this paper + _ ® secret iicNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) 494680 A7 B7 V. An illustration of the screen of the invention description (6). FIG. 10b is a flow chart of an interactive resource < dead step > provided with a purchase and information display screen according to the present invention. Figure 1 la is a _instruction South Display Campus provided during the selection of a project according to the present invention, which can be selected at the same time, tf / & moon interactive interactive body display screen, and m 'An icon showing the screen when the frequency / time option is selected. Kuangyuexin Interactive: π 二 'According to the present invention, there is provided another interactive method, which shows the instructions contained in the labor curtain—flow chart. Eight

圖12a係根據本發明的—説明之節目指南顯示 選定一項目時所提供的一 A 可於選定-輪摩選項時所:：：互動，訊顯示勞幕，以及. 幕，的-圖示。供的—說明之互動式資訊顯示勞 •圖1一2b係根據本發明而提供具有一輪廓選項的一互次 訊顯不螢幕所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。；貝 圖13a係根據本發明的一説明之指 選定所提供的—説明之互動式資訊顯示二= 於選疋即目群組選項時所提供的一説明之互動式 螢幕的一圖示。 巧不 圖13b係根據本發明的一説明之節目指南顯示榮幕，可、& 選定：目：所提供的-説明之互動式資訊顯示勞幕，以及； 於選疋一即目群組選項時所提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯一 螢幕的一圖示。 。〜不 圖13c係根據本發明而提供具有一節目群組選項的一說明 -9- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公爱— 訂---------線 C請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680FIG. 12a is an illustration of a program guide display according to the present invention. An A provided when an item is selected may be selected when the wheel-rolling option is selected ::: interactive, message display, and screen. Provided—illustrated interactive information display. Figure 1-12b is a flow chart illustrating the steps included in an interactive display with an outline option according to the present invention. Figure 13a is a description of a finger according to the present invention. The interactive information display of the description provided is selected. An icon of an interactive screen provided when selecting the item group option. Coincidentally, FIG. 13b is a program guide displaying a glory according to an explanation of the present invention, which can be & selected: head: the provided-description interactive information display screen, and; select a spot group option Interactive information provided with a description displays an icon on the screen. . ~ Figure 13c is a description provided with a program group option according to the present invention. 9- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 Public Love — Order -------- -Line C, please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 494680

494680 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（8 係根據本發明而提供具有—網頁選項或者一 =一一動式資訊顯示榮幕所包含之説明步驟的-流 社圖。 ㈣二根據本發明的一説明之“指南顯示勞幕 選疋一項目時所接 — ^ 、 具有-狀態指示器的…月資；力式資訊顯示勞幕，以及 示。 的況明貝矾互動式資訊顯示螢幕的—圖 圖18b係根據本發明而提供具有_狀態指$ μ 互：式資1:顯示榮幕所包含之說明步驟的一流程圖。… 圖广:根據本發明的一説明之節目指南顯示勞 提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯示螢幕，以及 /、有可於選疋一選項時所提供的一重聂 &gt; 訊顯示螢幕的一圖示。 1、況月又互動式資 ==本發明而提供具有一重疊的一 貝·螢幕所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。 動式 圖20a係根據本發明的一説明之節目 選定-項目時所提供之具有 勞幕，可於 資訊顯示勞幕的捲動選項時所提供的—説明之互動式 圖20b係根據本發明而提供 式資訊顯示勞幕所包含之説明步:^ 圖21a係根據本發明的一 選定一項目時所提供的-説明之互勞幕’可於 π、人，—〜 勒式資訊顯示螢慕，以π 郎目列示選項時所提供的節目列示其-説明之^ 本紙張尺度綱㈣規格⑽ --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注音？事項再填寫本頁) •11 - 494680 五 、發明說明（9 示螢幕的一圖示。 圖21b係根據本發明而提供 〜 〈互動式資訊顯示勞幕所包本之：目列-選項的—説明 圖22&amp;係根據本發明的_説°明^ ^的-流程圖。 有一跳離選項的—視 即 9南顯不螢幕，其中具 « ^ ^ ^ ^ - 圖22b係根據本發%貝甙』不螢幕的—圖示。 、 1明而提供具有一跳齙十土、， 説明之互動式·資訊顯示瑩幕所包本、㈣或者Η選项的- 圖23a係根據本發明的一戈明；;^兄明步驟的-流程圖。 選定一項目時所提供之且，，又即目指南顯示螢幕，可於 訊顯示螢幕，以及可於捲:捲動資訊的—説明之互動式資 資訊顯示螢幕的一圖示。貝汛時所提供的-説明之互動式 圖2 3 b係根據本發明 動式資訊顯示 ：入“'具有可捲動資訊的-説明之互 圖則系根據本m説:步f的一流程圖。 選定-項目時所提供二，即目指南顯不螢幕，可於 可认^ 士』 °呪明又互動式資訊顯示螢幕，以及 線 =::::頻道選項時所提供的-説明之互動式資訊顯 動據本發明而提供具有-喜好選項的-説明之互 力二貝：广广勞幕所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。 選定發明的—説明之節目指南顯示螢幕^ ^ 了：選二「：楗供的―説明之互動式資訊顯示螢幕，以及 示勞幕的一圖示。、⑽供的-説明之互動式資訊顯 •12- 本紙張尺度刺中國圈豕鮮（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297 ^ 494680 494680 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明（10 、圖25b係，據本發明而提供具有—區域頻道選項的一説明 足互動式資訊顯示勞幕所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。 圖26&amp;係根據本發明的_説明之節目指南顯示勞幕，可於 選定:項目_提供的—説明之互動式資訊顯示勞幕，以及 ::: =目群組組成選項時所提供的-説明之互動式資 訊顯不螢幕的一圖示。 圖26b係根據本發明的一説明之互動式資訊顯示勞幕，可 於選定-項：時所提供的一説明之互動式資訊顯示螢幕，以 St選！：::目群組組成選項時所提供的-説明之互動式 貝ϊΛ各、員不*榮幕的一圖示。 圖26:係根據‘本發明而提供具有一節目群組組成 明之互動式; 貝訊顯示勞幕所包含之説明步圖β 根二本發明當選定-項目時所提供-說明之互動 式資訊顯不螢幕之一圖示。 .&lt; &amp;勃 m艮：本發明而提供具有一圖形影像，一視訊顧示， 或者l卜沉明心互動式資訊顯示 驟的一流程圖。 丨^。之況明步 圖28a係根據本發明可於選定一項目時报 互動式資訊顯示螢幕，以及可於選定—兩 、发明之 供的説明之互動式資訊顯示螢幕的―圖：。15件選項時所提 圖28b係根據本發明而提供具有— 之互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明 選員的—說明 少的一济赶 圖29a係根據本發明的一説明之節目指南顯—圖。 選定-項目時所提供的—説明之互動7心勞幕’可於 式貝訊顯示螢幕，以及 -13- 表紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公爱） h-------------------訂---------線0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 B7 五、發明說明（11 可㈣定-f料服㈣料者—應㈣ 互動式資訊顯示螢幕的_圖示。 才々扣供的f兄明之 圖29b係根據本發明而提供有一 用選項的-説明之互動式資訊顯示勞;項：公應 一流程圖。 0又况明步驟的 圖304根據本發明的一説明之節目指南 選定-項目時所提供的—説明之互動式資訊顯示可於 可於選疋一視訊選項時所提供的說^ 以及 的一圖示。 〈互動式會訊顯示螢幕 圖30b係根據本發明而提供具有_視訊選項的 動式資巩顯示螢幕所包含之説明步驟的一流程圖。 Ί 較佳具體實施例詳述 圖1中所示係根據本發明的一説明之互動式電視 系統50。主要設備52包括一節目指南資料庫“，用： 節目指南資訊(例如：電視節目列示資料，節目相 子 線 頻道列示資料’頻道相關資訊’網路列示資料，網路相關丄 訊，套裝列示.資料，套裝相關資訊，分級”訊，= 視節目促銷資訊，節目指南之網際網路相關資訊等）。％ 較佳者，主要設備52包括一處理器，用以處理資訊配送工 作。來自資料庫54之資訊可透過像是通訊鏈路”之通訊鏈 路，平行傳送至像是電視配送設備56的多重電視配送設 備。通訊鏈路5 8可爲一衛星鏈路’—電話網路鏈路，一網 際網路鏈路，一光纖鏈路，這類鏈路的一組合，或者另外之 適當通訊路徑。通訊鏈路5 8可通過_或更多設備，該設備 -14 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 外4680 A7 B7 五 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 N發明說明（12 係用以配送電視節目規劃或者其他設備。鏈路58上可 j字’圖开)，以及視訊資料。如果希望於通訊鏈路5 : 迗視訊信號，則像是一衛星鏈路的一相對較高頻寬之鏈路口 能優於一相對較低頻寬之鏈路。 可 電視配送設備5 6係用以將電視信號配送至觀賞者的一&amp; 備，像是一有線系統頭端，一廣播配送設備，或者一衛星: 視配送設備。 $ 包 由主要$又備5 2傳送至電視配送設備5 6之節目指南資訊勺 括像是節目時間，頻道，標題，描述等電視節目列示資料^ 而傳送之節目指南資訊包括像是個別節目與訂閱頻遒2報價 資訊’ ΤΓ購節目與頻道之時間視窗，無法衝動訂購之下訂單 電話號碼等付費節目資料。所傳送之節目指南資訊同時可包 括像是電影回顧，分級，網路加盟者，相關服務，節目導 演，演員，頻道呼叫字母，完整之頻道名稱，播映時間，服 務描述，圖案，套裝標題，套裝組成，網際網路鏈路，電子 郵件資訊，聊天資訊，視訊預覽，商品資訊，靜態影像，視 訊’廣告等節目指南電視内容的一詳述。電視配送設備5 6 可包括用以於網際網路上存取及通訊之裝備。 黾視配送設備5 6可透過通訊路徑6 0，將所接收來自主要 設備5 2之節目指南資訊配送至使用者電視裝備6 1。使用者 電視裝備6 1可爲用以提供含足夠的處理功能，用以實行一 互動式電視節目指南之類電視的任何適當裝備。如果希望， 則使用者電視裝備6 1可具有足夠之處理功能，用以實行像 是一電子郵件或者聊天應用之其他應用。 -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（13 ) 通：路徑60可爲有線鏈路’光纖鏈路，衛星鏈路，廣播鏈 八他適當鏈路，或者這類鏈路的—組合。任何適告之通 訊万案均可於路徑6G上用以傳送料，包括頻帶^送， ，帶外傳送，數位傳送’類比傳送，有線傳送，衛星傳送， 空中傳送，多頻道多點配送服務（MMDS)傳送等。 較佳者，通訊路徑6〇具有足夠頻寬，以允許電視配送設備 5 6將電視節目規劃，節目列示資訊，廣告，以及其他資訊 配迗至使用者電視裝備6丨。多重電視及聲訊頻道（類比，數 位，或者類比及數位兩者）可透過通訊路徑6 〇提供予使用者 電視裝備6 1。如果希望，則可藉由一或更多與電視配送設 備5 6分離之配送設備，使用與通訊路徑6 〇部分或者完全分 離之通訊路徑，將某些資料配送至使用者電視裝備6丨。 於路徑00上用以配送資料之資料配送技術可取決於所配送 的資訊類型。例如，文字及圖形可於一頻帶外，使用一頻帶 外調變器加以配送，或者於一類比視訊頻道之垂直空白區間 線加以配送。雖然大量之視訊資訊可於路徑6 〇上使用一或 更多數位頻道而更有效地配送，但視訊資訊同樣可以此種方 式配送。這類數位頻道同時可用以配送文字及圖形。 各使用者電視裝備裝置6 1具有一接收器，通常爲像是強波 器6 2的一強波器。一接收器同時可爲像是整合類似強波器 電路之電路的一先進電視接收器，一個人電腦電視 (PC/TV) ’或者具有電視功能（例如使用一電視調|皆卡力口以提 供）的一個人電腦等其他適當之電視裝備。爲作説明’本發 明將以使用強波器之使用者電視裝備6 1爲背景加以描述。 -16- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公爱） 1 I I I iL— I I -1 I I I I I I ^ I I I 1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)494680 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Description (8 is provided in accordance with the present invention and has-web option or one = one-to-one mobile information display of the explanation steps included in the glory-flow agency diagram 2. According to a description of the present invention, "Guideline shows when you select a project in the labor curtain — ^, with-status indicator ... monthly fee; force information display labor curtain, and display. Figure 18b of an interactive information display screen is provided according to the present invention with a _ status indicator $ μ. Interaction: type information 1: display the steps included in the display of the glorious screen .... Figure wide: according to the present invention The illustrated program guide shows an explanatory interactive information display screen provided by Law, and / or an icon of a multiple display screen that can be provided when an option is selected. 1. Interactive and interactive The present invention provides a flow chart with the explanation steps included in an overlapping screen. The moving figure 20a is provided according to the description of the present invention when the program is selected-the project has a labor screen, but In Provided when the scroll option of the information display screen is provided—illustrated interactive FIG. 20b is an explanatory step included in the information display screen provided according to the present invention: ^ FIG. 21a is a time when a project is selected according to the present invention. The provided-description of the mutual labor curtain can be displayed in π, people, ~ ~ Le-style information display admiration, and the program provided when the options are listed in π Lange list its-description ^ This paper standard outline 尺度 specifications ⑽ -------------------- Order --------- line (please read the note on the back? Matters before filling out this page) • 11-494680 5 Explanation of the invention (9 is an icon of the screen. Figure 21b is provided according to the present invention ~ <Interactive information display labor screen includes: list-options-description Figure 22 &amp; according to the present invention ° 明 ^ ^-flow chart. There is a jump option-depending on the 9 South screen is not displayed, which has «^ ^ ^ ^-Figure 22b is based on the original% shell glycoside" screen-icon., 1 Ming and provide interactive, informational instructions with a jump of ten feet, the description of the information, Ying, or 幕 options included in the screen-Figure 23a is a Geming according to the present invention; ^ brother Ming Step-flowchart. A picture provided when a project is selected, and is also a guide display screen, which can be displayed on the message, and an interactive information information display screen that can be scrolled: scroll information The interactive illustration of the description provided by Bei Xun during the illustration 2 3 b is a dynamic information display according to the present invention: "" with scrollable information-the interactive illustration of the description is based on this m: step f A flowchart. Provided when selecting the -item, that is, the visual guide is displayed on the screen, which can be recognized at the screen, and interactive information display screen, and the line = :::: is provided when the channel option- The interactive information display of the description provides a description of the mutual interaction with the-preference option according to the present invention: a flowchart of the description steps included in the Guangguang labor curtain. The selected invention—the illustrated program guide display screen ^ ^: Choose two: “Provided—the illustrated interactive information display screen, and an icon showing the display.”, The provided—the illustrated interactive information display • 12- This paper is sized to the Chinese circle (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 ^ 494680 494680 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7. V. Description of the invention (10, Figure 25b, according to the invention A flow chart showing the explanation steps included in the interactive information display screen with the -area channel option. Figure 26 &amp; is a program guide display screen according to the _instruction of the present invention, which can be selected in: Project_provided —The interactive information display of the description and the ::: == provided in the option group of the target group—an illustration of the interactive information display of the description. Figure 26b is an interactive illustration according to the present invention. The information display screen can be selected in the interactive information display screen provided with a description. Select with St! ::: interactive interactive description provided when the group is formed. Not prosperous Figure 26: Interaction type provided with a program group composition according to the present invention; Besson shows the step-by-step description included in the curtain β. Second, the interaction provided by the present invention when the item is selected An information display icon on the screen. &Lt; &amp; Burgundy: The present invention provides a flowchart with a graphic image, a video interview, or a Shen Mingxin interactive information display step. ^^. The situation of bright steps Figure 28a is an interactive information display screen that can be selected when an item is selected according to the present invention, and an interactive information display screen that can be selected when selecting-two, the description of the invention: when there are 15 options The referenced figure 28b is provided according to the present invention with a description of the selection included in the interactive information display screen of the present invention with little explanation. Figure 29a is a program guide display according to the description of the present invention. Provided at the time of the project—the description of the interactive 7-hearted working screen 'can be used in the Bessex display screen, and -13- the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) h --- ---------------- Order --------- 0 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 494680 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (11 can be determined -f material service user-application) _ icon on the interactive information display screen. Fig. 29b of the figure is based on the present invention and provides an interactive information display with an option-description; Item: a flowchart of the application. 0 Also shows the steps 304 of the program guide according to the description of the present invention The interactive information provided in the selection-item-description display can be used to provide a description ^ and an icon when selecting a video option. <Interactive Conference Display Screen Figure 30b is a flow chart illustrating the steps involved in providing a mobile video display screen with the _video option according to the present invention.详述 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS An interactive television system 50 shown in FIG. 1 is an illustration according to the present invention. The main device 52 includes a program guide database "for: program guide information (e.g., television program listing data, program phase sub-channel channel listing data," channel related information ", network listing data, network related information, Package list. Data, package-related information, rating "news, = program promotion information, program-related Internet-related information, etc.). Preferably, the main device 52 includes a processor for processing information distribution. The information from the database 54 can be transmitted in parallel through a communication link like "communication link" to multiple television distribution devices like television distribution device 56. The communication link 58 can be a satellite link '-telephone network Link, an Internet link, an optical fiber link, a combination of such links, or another appropriate communication path. The communication link 5 8 can pass through _ or more devices, the device-14 paper standards Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) outside 4680 A7 B7 Five printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs N Invention Note (12 is used to distribute television program planning or other equipment. Link 58 If you want to use the communication link 5: 迗 video signal, a relatively high bandwidth link port like a satellite link can be better than a relatively low bandwidth Link. TV distribution equipment 5 6 is a &amp; equipment used to distribute television signals to viewers, such as a cable system head-end, a broadcast distribution equipment, or a satellite: video distribution equipment. $ 包 由 主$ Available 5 2 The program guide information sent to the TV distribution device 56 includes TV program listing information such as program time, channel, title, description, etc. and the transmitted program guide information includes information such as individual programs and subscription frequency 2 quotation information ΤΓ The time window for purchasing programs and channels cannot be paid for the program information such as the phone number of the order under impulse order. The transmitted program guide information can also include movie review, rating, online franchisee, related services, program director, actors, Channel call letters, full channel name, air time, service description, graphics, package title, package composition, Internet link, email information, chat information, video preview, product information, still image, video 'advertisement and other programs A detailed description of the guide television content. The television distribution device 56 may include equipment for accessing and communicating on the Internet. The contempt distribution device 56 may receive the received information from the main device 52 through the communication path 60. The program guide information is distributed to the user's television equipment 61. The user's television equipment 61 can be used to provide Contains sufficient processing functions to implement any suitable equipment for a television such as an interactive television program guide. If desired, the user television equipment 61 may have sufficient processing functions to implement an email or chat Other applications of the application. -15- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -------------------- Order- ------- Wire (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 494680 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Description (13) Link: Path 60 can be a wired link 'Optical fiber links, satellite links, broadcast links and other appropriate links, or a combination of such links. Any applicable communication case can be used to transmit materials on the path 6G, including frequency band transmission, out-of-band transmission, digital transmission 'analog transmission, cable transmission, satellite transmission, air transmission, multi-channel multi-point distribution service ( MMDS) transmission. Preferably, the communication path 60 has sufficient bandwidth to allow the television distribution device 56 to allocate television program planning, program listing information, advertisements, and other information to the user's television equipment 6 丨. Multiple TV and audio channels (analog, digital, or both analog and digital) can be provided to users via communication path 60. TV equipment 61. If desired, some data may be distributed to the user's television equipment 6 through one or more distribution equipment separate from the television distribution equipment 56 using a communication path partially or completely separated from the communication route 600. The data distribution technology used to distribute data on path 00 may depend on the type of information being distributed. For example, text and graphics can be distributed outside a frequency band, using an out-of-band modulator, or distributed on the vertical blank line of an analog video channel. Although a large amount of video information can be distributed more efficiently using one or more digital channels on path 60, video information can also be distributed in this manner. These digital channels can be used for both text and graphics distribution. Each user's television equipment 61 has a receiver, usually a strong wave receiver like a strong wave receiver 62. A receiver can also be an advanced television receiver that integrates a circuit similar to a strong wave circuit, a personal computer television (PC / TV) 'or has a TV function (such as using a TV tuner | Jalikalikou to provide) A personal computer and other suitable TV equipment. For the sake of explanation, the present invention will be described in the context of user television equipment 61 using a strong wave wave. -16- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love)

、發明說明（14 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 乂佳者’各強波器6 2包含一處理器，用以處理與在強波器 上貫行節目指南應用相關聯之工作。各強波器6 2可連 =至一錄放影機6 6，或者像是一數位記錄裝置之其他記綠 t置’因而可記綠所選定的電視節目。爲作說明，本發明將 乂綠放矽機6 6爲背景加以描述。通常，錄放影機6 6連接至 一電視6 8或者其他顯示裝置。爲作説明，本發明將以電視 6 8爲背景加以描述。欲記綠一節目，則強波器6 2調諧至一 特殊頻道’並將控制信號送至錄放影機6 6 (例如··使用紅外 、’泉傳送器7 0 )’用以指導綠放影機6 6於適當時間開始以及停 止記綠。 於使用實行於強波器6 2之互動式電視節目指南期間，可於 電視6 8上顯示電視節目列示，廣告，節目規劃資訊，以及 其他資訊。使用者可使用一或更多遠端控制，或者使用任何 其他適^之使用者輸入界面裝置，而控制強波器6 2，錄放 影機6 6，以及電視6 8，其中該使用者輸入界面係像是一無 線鍵盤，滑鼠，軌跡球，按键專用組，語音辨識系統，個人 數位助理，顯示器遠端等。一遠端控制可爲一顯示器遠端。 當使用一顯示器遠端時，節目指南可於顯示器遠端之顯示勞 幕上顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕。一顯示器遠端可包括一觸控 墊，用以接收使用者輸入。例如，一使用者可藉由按觸該^ 端其顯示螢幕上之特定的活化選項，而選擇選项。具有•頸示 器遠端之節目指南系統描述於美國臨時申%青案號 60/138,868，1999年6月11日申請，此處合併以求完&quot;整二爲 了清楚’本發明主要以一節目指南系統爲背旦4 二 θ θ π加以描述，其 --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -17 494680 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明（15 ) 中使用者界面裝置係一遠端控制。一典型之遠端控制7 2具 有箭頭鍵，用以控制一節目指南顯示螢幕中一高亮度區域之 位置；以及像是一 OK，輸入，或者接受鍵（以下爲”〇κ鍵，，） 的一資料登錄键。該遠端控制同時可具有像是一 ”資訊”鍵， 一记錄鍵，頻道向上或者向下鍵，音量控制键，數字鍵等其 他之遠端控制键。 像是付費節目購買，產品或服務購買，以及資料蒐集功能 等某些節目指南特性可能需使用者電視裝備61於通訊路徑 60上，將資料傳送至電視配送設備5 6。如果希望，則這類 資料可於電話線，或者其他分離之通訊路徑上傳送。如果使 用與電視配送設備56分離之設備提供這類特性，則可與該 分離之設備（未顯示）直接進行某些含有使用者電視裝備〇 = 通訊。 強波器62可能具有足夠之處理功能，用以支援像是電子郵 件，聊天，資料服務，視訊遊戲等應用。使用者電視裝備 可包括用以記錄-視訊其某些部分，或者從一視訊中抽 取一影像之裝備。 如果希望，則-説明之互動式電視節目指南可使用 中繼架構加以實行。此一架構中，電視.配送設備％ 一資料中繼站，而使用者電視裝備61可爲—資料目的站。 例如，當電視配送設備56接收來自主要設備52之資訊 則電視配送設備56可連續或者定期將資訊配送至使用 視裝備61。於-資料中繼架構中，—節目指南可使用使= 者電視裝備61上用以儲存節目指南資訊的—資料庫( 18 本紙張尺度過用中關家標準（CNS)A4規格（21Q χ挪公爱 — — — — — 1ΙΙΙΙ1 - 1 I I I I - I «ΙΙΙΙ1Ι — » (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製Description of the invention (14 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, each of the strong wave devices 62 includes a processor for processing tasks associated with running program guide applications on the strong wave devices. Each The strong wave device 62 can be connected to a video player 6 6 or other recording devices such as a digital recording device, so that the selected TV program can be recorded. For the purpose of illustration, the present invention puts the green display The silicon machine 66 is described in the background. Generally, the video recorder 66 is connected to a television 68 or other display device. For illustration, the present invention will be described in the background of the television 66. To remember a green program, then The strong waver 6 2 tunes to a special channel and sends the control signal to the video player 6 6 (for example, using infrared, 'spring transmitter 70') to guide the green video player 6 6 to start at an appropriate time. And stop recording green. During the use of the interactive TV program guide implemented in the strong wave device 62, TV program listings, advertisements, program planning information, and other information can be displayed on the TV 68. Users can use one or More remote controls, or use Any other suitable user input interface device, and controls the strong wave device 62, the video player 66, and the television 68, wherein the user input interface is like a wireless keyboard, mouse, trackball, keys Dedicated group, voice recognition system, personal digital assistant, display remote, etc. A remote control can be a display remote. When using a display remote, the program guide can display interactive on the display screen of the remote display Information display screen. A remote end of a display may include a touch pad to receive user input. For example, a user may select an option by touching a specific activation option on the display screen of the display. The program guide system with the far end of the neck indicator is described in the US Provisional Application No. 60 / 138,868, which was filed on June 11, 1999, and is incorporated here for the sake of completeness. "The whole two are for clarity." The program guide system is described as the back 4 4 θ θ π, its -------------------- order --------- line (please read first Note on the back, please fill out this page) -17 494680 Printed by the agency A7 B7 5. In the description of the invention (15), the user interface device is a remote control. A typical remote control 7 2 has arrow keys to control a high-brightness area in a program guide display screen. Position; and a data registration key such as an OK, Enter, or Accept key (herein, "〇κbutton ,,"). The remote control can also have a key such as an "Information" key, a record key, and a channel Up or down keys, volume control keys, number keys and other remote control keys. Certain program guide features such as paid program purchases, product or service purchases, and data collection functions may require the user's TV equipment 61 to communicate On path 60, the data is transmitted to the television distribution device 56. If desired, this information can be transmitted over telephone lines or other separate communication paths. If such a feature is provided using a device separate from the television distribution device 56, some of the user-equipped television equipment can be communicated directly with the separated device (not shown). 0 = communication. The strong wave device 62 may have sufficient processing functions to support applications such as e-mail, chat, data services, video games and the like. User television equipment may include equipment to record-video some of its parts, or to extract an image from a video. If desired, the illustrated interactive television program guide can be implemented using a relay architecture. In this architecture, TV. Distribution equipment is a data relay station, and user TV equipment 61 can be a data destination station. For example, when the television distribution device 56 receives information from the main device 52, the television distribution device 56 may continuously or periodically distribute the information to the use video equipment 61. In the -data relay architecture,-the program guide can use the TV library 61 to store the program guide information-the database (18 paper standards used in the Zhongguanjia Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21Q χ Norwegian Public love — — — — — 1 ΙΙΙΙ11-1 IIII-I «ΙΙΙΙ11 —» (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 494680 A7

--------訂---------線· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（17 ) 的資料庫9 3。儲存於資料庫9 # 、 而配送至使用者電視裝備99。如二？指：資:斗可視所需 互動式電視節目指南系統同時 王，貝丨像是系統9〇之 實行。 以一更完全的伺服器式架構 電視配送設備9 4上之伺服器9 1可佶次 指南資訊，以及圖形，顯示，或者其貝/ 93儲存節目 裝備9 9上之節目指南顯亍所^八 以生使用者電視 P㈡相匈.肩π所包括的軟體。使壯 9 9可接收來自使用者，要求存 ％見裝備 業，為m 存某些電視裝備特性，作 業或者貝枓义車則入0電視配送設備94可執行 望之特性所需的指令，以支援所希望之作業，或者二：：： 存取，抑或者電視配送設備94可結合使用者電視裝疋備二+ 作業，以執行用以實行希望之特性所f的指令，而支援所希 望=作業，或者促進所希望之資料的存取。具有隨選資料補 无功以即目指南系統的例子見於Ellis et ai美國專 主 案號_0,519,1999年6月^日申請，此處合併藉以^ 參考。具有連續資料流以及主從資料補充功能之節目指南系 統的例子見於Hasseli et al.，美國專利申請案號。9/332,625， 1999年6月11日申請，此處合併藉以完整參考。 爲了清楚，有時候本發明之描述主要係以主要實行於使用 者電視裝備上之節目指南爲背景，而非以使用一伺服器式架 構所實行之節目指南爲背景。 如圖4a中所示，本發明之節目指南可顯示所説明之節目指 南顯示螢幕100 ’ 104 ’ 1〇6 ’ 686，與688，以及所説明之互動 式貝Λ顯示勞幕102。顯示螢幕1 〇〇包含一方格格式之節目列 -20- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 χ 297公釐） --------^---------線Φ C請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 Β7 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 社 印 製 五、發明說明（18 示以及對應的頻道識別字。顯示勞幕m包含套裝-覽表以 及一對應〈網路識別字。顯示螢幕106包含像是運動，喜 劇’電影’新聞等的—節目類別或類型，以及—對應之節; 2表°勞幕⑽可包括_節目之視訊。螢幕⑽可爲該節目 才:南所提供的-節目指南顯示螢幕，或者可包含該指南於背 景中執行時，使用者電視裝備所提供的一電視節目。該節目 指南可顯示其他之節目指南顯示螢幕，用以顯示節目列示， 或者識別頻道（例如1目指南顯示鸯幕686中包括_音樂頻 =一覽表），網路，套裝，㈤目群組（例如：節目指南顯示榮 中的-節目群組—覽表的—重疊）。顯示螢幕可爲部分 或者冗全勞幕’而且其中所顯示之資訊可加以排序。圖 抖，圖4c，圖4(1以及圖46中所示係額外之説明的互動式 訊顯示螢幕。 ’ 匕一使用者可從像是顯示螢幕1〇〇, 1〇4, 1〇6, 1〇8(如果節目 扣南如供螢幕108)，686 ’以及688之節目指南顯示螢幕選 :節目規劃的相關項目，其中一節&quot;目關項目係_節目、列 不，頻道，網路，或者一節目群組（例如：一套裝，節目系 列’迷你系列’運動系列等）。如此處所定羲，—節：相關 項目（亦簡稱爲一項目）同時可爲透過節目指南所提供之任何 其他類別的電視内容。非由該該指南所提供的—電視節目^ 可視爲-節目相關項目’而可由使用者以節目指南選擇咳節 目一。各項目可用以識別或者有關一特定之節目，頻道，網路 等。各特定之項目可具有隨後的相關資訊，像是該特定項目 的—詳述（例如：節目標題，分級，頻道識別字，相關之電 -21 - 本紙張尺財關家鮮（CNS)A4娜（21G X 29〗公釐） --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 494680 五、發明說明（19 ) 子郵件位址’相關之網頁位址，節目描述，網路加盟者資 凡節目群組組成’相關之聊天會期，演員，導演，演出時 間’其他〉貝出時間或頻道等）。該資訊可當作供應使用者電 視裝備 &lt; 節目列示資料的一部分而提供。該資訊可爲一適於 員示之t式’並且可爲一適於處理之格式，以便決定該特定 項目的特徵。 ’、目了例如藉由下列方式而加以選定：將一高亮度區域 足位糸節目列π上，並按下一資訊鍵·，將一高亮度區域定位 ^節目歹】示顯示螢幕中的一頻道方格細胞上，並按下一資 Λ鍵丄於觀貝一郎目時，按下一資訊鍵；將一高亮度區域定 位於節目指南顯示螢幕上一用以識別一音樂頻道的部分上， 並桉:一資訊鍵；將一高亮度區域定位於一喜好節目群組顯 不螢幕中的一節目群組列示上，並按下一資訊鍵；將一高亮 j區域定位於網路列示顯示螢幕中的一網路識別上，並按下 -資訊鍵等。一項目可從包含可選擇部分之任何適當的節目 指南顯示螢幕上加以選擇。此外，_節目項目可藉由選擇含 有一電視節目的一螢幕而加以選擇。 節目指南可取決於所選定之項目（例如：選定—節目列 不’頻运’網路，節目群組，或者節目之何者以存取該互動 式資訊顯示螢幕），而顯示不同的互動式資訊顯示勞幕。一 互動式資訊顯示勞幕中之選項係、可供該選定項目特別串 選定項目而運用的節目指南特性（例如：記錄，家長鎖碼， 輪廓，電子郵件，購買等）。-互動式資訊顯示勞幕中可用 之選項可取決於選擇不同項目中的何者，以存取該 -22- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐 ：---I;——';-------------訂---------線· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 五、發明說明（2〇 ) ”幕:並可進一步取決於有關所選定項目的資 如’選…目列示時所顯示之互動式 如：圖4a之榮幕1〇2)與選定—頻道時所顯示之互動式榮資幕= 示螢幕（例如：圖4d之互動式資訊顯示勞幕）不相同。… 當-使用者選擇一項目時，節目指南可顯示像是圖 動式資訊顯示螢幕102的—互動式資訊顯示勞幕。 資訊顯示螢幕1〇2可包括詳細資訊部分u〇，而且可=二式 使用者可選擇選項112。互動式資訊顯示螢幕1〇2同時可勺= 像是圖形影像，視訊’廣告，狀態指示器，動畫等其：次 訊0 互動式資訊顯示螢幕102之内容可取決於所選定係—… 目，頻道，網路，節目群組，或者其他項目的何者。例★即 詳細資訊部分110可包括提供一節目其適合顯示之資訊°赵 行文字，其中可包括像是劇情，演員，分級，回顧\導演， 頻道號碼，其他演出，節目類別等節目内容之相關資訊=， 用者可選擇項目112可包括取決於選定之項目类員型以及鱼^ 選定項目相關聯之資訊的選項。 〃 Θ 取決於所顯7F之資訊量，可提供使用者捲動詳細資訊部八 110的機會。可藉由按下遠端控制上之向上或向下箭頭鍵, 或者其他適當的每覽鍵，而允許一使用者（例如向上或者 下捲動）捲動整個資訊。詳細資訊部分u 〇可包括箭頭i 白1 一或更多箭頭，指示使用者可捲動以觀賞更多資訊。詳細次 訊110可提供足夠資訊，以允許一使用者以一非正式方式二 用（亦即使用或呼叫）使用者可選擇選項丨丨2。 -23 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（21 ) 使用者可選擇項目112可視有關所選定項目其可用的 ?!擇項目《數目’而提供捲動。可允許一使用者藉由按 :逆端控制上之向左或向右箭頭鍵，或者其他導覽鍵，而捲 =:用但尚未顯π的選項。使用者可選擇選項in可包 疋前頭103之箭'頭，用以指示使用者可捲動至更多選項。 勞幕1〇2區域中使用者可選擇選項112所提供的可用選 取決於所選定項目以及和該項目相關聯之資訊的本質。'所 =特殊項目可爲運用該選定項目可用的某些節目 = 時=者。-節目指南使用者可藉由將—高亮度區域定位於 望之選項，並且使用箭頭鍵，按下—㈣鍵，而選擇 中所示係提供像是圖“之互動式資訊顯示螢幕⑽的一 力式資訊顯示螢幕所包括之説明步驟。於步驟…，節目 供-使用者選擇-項目以要求額外資訊之機會。該 :心南供使用者選擇一項目以接收額外資訊之機會， :中：額來自包括該項目—識別字之任何節目指南 肩：勞幂’或者來自包括該項目之視訊的任何榮幕。該選擇 —項目之機會可從像是-節目列示顯Μ幕，—喜好節目顧 不螢幕，一類型顯示螢幕等各種節 用者。-所選定項目的一互動式；=;=勞_:予使 者選擇有關該選定項目的另一項目之機 可楗供使用 5曰I機會0該選擇一項目 泰中提供予使用者。 於步驟116’爲了響應選擇-項目，節目指南可顯示像是 --------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -24- 494680 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（22 ) 圖4 a之螢幕1〇2的一互動式資訊顯^螢幕。該互動式資訊螢 幕可包括一項目之詳細資訊。使用音可選擇選項可能變化。 使用者可選擇選項可爲用以運用節目指南特性之選項，該等 節目指南特性爲特別串接所選定項目而可用者。除了取決於 所選足係一節目（節目列示或者節目視訊），一網路，一節目 群組或者其他項目之何者外，選項可取決於所選定係何項目 (例如·何節目，何頻道，何網路，何節目群組等）而變化。 例如’目前播映的一節目選項可能不同於明天將播映的一節 目選項。以下將進一步討論選項以及選項的可用性。 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕之使用者可選擇選項可包括一提醒 為選項。例如，如圖6 a中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕12〇包 括一提醒器選項122，伴隨四個其他選項（家長鎖碼選項 1 2 4 ’偏好輪廓選項126，記錄選項128，以及調諧至頻道選 頁130)。互動式資訊顯示螢幕丨2〇可從節目列示顯示螢幕 118，藉由選擇一希望之節目列示而存取。如以上所討論， 一使用者可藉由例如將一高亮度區域定位於一列示上，並按 下只汛鍵，而選擇一節目列示，其中該列示係像是歡樂單 身派對（如所tf )其一片段的一列示。爲了響應，節目指南可 ，示=動式資訊顯示螢幕12〇，其中包括歡樂單身派對之選 定片段的一詳述，以及使用者可選擇選項122，124，120， 128，與 13〇 〇 I藉由將一高亮度區域定位於提醒器選項122上，並按下 一遠端控制〇K鍵，而選擇提醒器選項122。當選定提醒器選 項I22時，郎目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕134，其中包 --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -25- 494680 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（23 括相同之歡樂單身派對其片段的詳述，且其 控制130，用以啓動戋者取消用穴、a 楗醒口口 口動忒首取岣用以覜賞歡樂單身派對之選定 片段的-提醒器。該提醒器控制136同時可 疋，删除，或者修正一系列提醒器。且 2 有5又 之節目指南系統描述於共同申“κ_有—系列提醒器功能. 請案號_。，792，料二 夂老石.夕 j 11日申叫，此處合併藉以完整 &gt;考。如果希罝，則互動式資訊顯示螢幕⑽及… :廣告132的-或更多廣告。當所選定項目係-節目時，： 其，當所選定項目係尚未開始播映的一節目其—節 時’則提醒器選項爲可用。該提醒器㈣可用或者不: 決於所選定項目是否爲-節目列示的方式即爲系統所進行之 選項如何取決於所選定項目其本質而可用的一例子。 圖6b中所示係提供像是圖6a互動式資訊顯示螢幕1加 有-提醒器it項的-互動《資訊顯示螢幕户斤包含之 ^ 驟。於步驟292,-使用者敎_項目後，節目指南可h 包含額外資訊的-互動式資訊顯示榮幕。步驟292中顯 動式資訊顯示螢幕可包含步驟3⑻中顯示一提醒器選巧的+ 驟：例如，當節目指南決定所選定項目係一節目列示:、或： 像疋一系列的一節目群組列示時，則節目指南可顯示一 ^ 器選項。於步驟3啦用者選擇提醒器，並且於步 侍此選擇後，$目指南可提供使用者設定，取消，或者 一提醒器，以觀賞所選定項目，而要求更多資訊之機會 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一觀賞選項。例如，二圖 中所不，互動式資訊顯示螢幕138包括一觀賞選項i4〇，伴^ -26- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格（21〇 X 297公釐&quot;· * --------訂---------^ C請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} A7 A7 B7 五、發明說明（24 ) 三個其他選項（家長鎖 記錄選項150)。互動弋次:、，偏好輪廓選項148，以及 上所討論，-使用者可藉由目列…以存取。如以 :二選擇-節目。當選定該節目列示時:由二：訊 互動式資訊顯示螢幕U8，其中 、、曰可頒示 單身派對之選定片ρ μ即目的一詳述，歡樂 觀賞選項14。=!:可:峨將— 加以撰煜.、* 硬％控制鍵（例如：一 ο K鍵），而 加以選擇。舄了響應’節目指南可調)而 之選定片殺的艏、苦 ^ ”扣畏人木早身派對 =片段的頻迢，並可顯示目前該頻道上之 t ,觀貝選項140可爲正播送（播映），將播送，或者可徂2 :的：選定節目(例如：使用隨選視訊或接近二 項。對於數位音樂節目’可提供節目指南類 線 :貝選項，稱爲”傾聽”選項。如果希望，則互動式 /貝訊顯示螢幕138可包括一廣告152。 Λ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 圖7 b中所示係提供像是圖7 a互動式資訊顯示螢幕us之具 有一觀賞選項的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之說明步驟了 於步驟292，一使用者選定一項目後，節目指南可顯示二互 動式資訊顯示螢幕。步驟292中顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕 之步驟可包括步驟296中顯示一觀賞選項的步驟。步驟296可 包含偵測所選定係一節目，頻道，或者網路項目之何者，並 且可包含將該選項其顯示名稱更名。當節目指南決定選定一 -27 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 494680 A7 B7 五、發明說明（％ ) ^ ’ -網路’或者所播送，將播送 二：要求更多資訊時，則節目指南可顯示—觀 圖7c所示，如果所選定項目係一數 ”。如 可有效地將選，從”觀賞，，更名成&quot;傾聽”。：目=^ 動式資訊顯示榮幕選定-觀賞選項後，V指：;吏 選定節目之頻道，而得以顯示所選定節；:： 錯至適：ί:節目係一數位音樂節目時，則節目指南可調 舍一使；頻通’並播放音樂節目規劃(例如見圖7C)。 :榮ΐ::Γ擇—頻道或者網路，而存取互動式資訊顯 =時’則如圖7d所示，從互動式資訊顯示勞幕選擇觀 貝，項可能導致節目指南調諧至所較之頻道或者網路。 互動式資簡示螢幕可包括—調諧至頻道選項。例如， 如圖8a中所示’互動式資訊顯示轉156可包括—調諸至頻 迢選項158，伴隨八個其他選項（記綠選項162，觀賞選項 164’提醒器選項166 ’家長鎖碼選項168，套裝選項17〇,偏 好輪廓選項172，以及其他頻道/時間選項174與176)。當一 使用者按下像是一資訊鍵的按鍵，而從節目列示顯示：幕 160中’選擇像是一歡樂單身派對之節目列示的一節目列示 時’則節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕156。互動式資 訊顯示螢幕156.包括歡樂單身派對之選定片段的一詳述，伴 隨使用者可選擇選項 162 ’ 164 ’ 166，108，170，172，174， 與176。當一使用者選擇調諧至頻道選項i58時，則節目指南 可調諧至所排定用以播映歡樂單身派對之選定片段的頻道， 而且可顯示孩頻道上目前所播映節目之視訊178。調諧至頻 -28- 本紙張尺度綱㈣國家標準(CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） --------^---------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 、發明說明（26 ) 道選项158可爲所選定項目係 未來節目時所顯示 的一選 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 通常不顯示無法使用之選項。例如，杏一 ^ 士嫉、、’η土 田尸斤選疋郎目爲未來 才播运時，則觀賞選項將無法使用。如 ^禾f 凌使用之使用者可選擇選項，但以不同形 (f[ 〇 ^ , /式.、，、員。例如，如 中所不，觀賞選項164可淡化，每去 右仏广 ^者視覺上與其他選項 斤區別，因爲尚無法觀賞歡樂單身派對之選定片段。 圖8b中所示係提供像是圖“互動式資訊顯示螢二之且 調譜至頻道選項的-互動式資訊顯示轉所包含之説明 步.咏。於步驟292,-使用者選定—項目後，節目指南可顯 不互動式資訊顯示螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示勞幕之 步驟:,即步驟292,可包括於步驟3〇4顯示一調諧至頻道選項 的頻這。步驟304可包含偵測所選定係—節目頻道，或者網 路之何者。當節目指南決定所選定之項目係一節目，頻道， 或者網路時’則節目指南可顯示一調諧至頻道選項。於步驟 324，一使用者選定調諧至頻道選項後，節目指南可調諧至 所選定節目之頻道，可調諧至所選定之頻道，或者可調諧至 所選定網路的一頻道。 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一家長鎖碼選項。例如，如 圖9a中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕ι8〇可包括一家長鎖碼選 項182 ’伴隨六個其他選項（購買選項186，提醒器選項188， 套裝選項190，輪廓選項192，記錄選項196，以及其他頻道/ 時間選項194)。作業中，當一使用者從節目列示顯示螢幕 1 84選擇現代啓示綠（Apocalypse Now)，而要求額外資訊時， -29- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 1111! —I — -------^ I-----I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 B7 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 五、發明說明（27 則即目扎南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕i8〇。互動式資訊顯 π螢幕180可包括所選定節目（現代啓示綠（Ap〇calypse N〇w)) 的一詳述（例如：包含有關劇情，分級，導演，獎項，回顧， 片長等貧訊的一描述），伴隨使用者可選擇選項i82，I%， 188 ’ 190，192 ’ 194，與 196。 當一使用者選擇家長鎖碼選項1 8 2時，節目指南可提供使 用者輸入、，個人識別碼（例如使用個人識別碼（重疊1 85) 夂機會三當一使用者輸入一有效碼時，則可顯示互動式資訊 :員不螢幕198 ’其中包括相同之現代啓示錄(Ap〇c·— 詳述，且其中包括家長控制2〇〇，用以提供一使用者設定家 長鎖碼的機會。如果希望，則如以下進-步之討論，家長控 制可於一重疊中顯示。 圖9^)中所不係提供像是圖9 a互動式資訊顯示螢幕1 之具 有一家長鎖碼選項的一互動 &lt; 資訊顯示瑩幕所包含之説明步 驟。於步驟292, 一使用者選擇一項目後，節目指南可顯示 互動式;貝汛顯不螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示之步驟， 即=驟292 ’可包含顯示一家長鎖碼選項的步驟（步驟Μ”。 -家長鎖碼選項同時可稱爲一家長控制選項或者一家長選 項。當節目指南偵測得敎_項目以要求更多資訊時，則可 顯不一家長鎖碼選項。步驟298可包含提供使用者輸入一個 人識別碼（刚）之機會。如果—使用者選擇—家長鎖碼選 項’則於步驟318, _目指南可提供使用者設定或者移除家 長控制之機會。例如，節目指南可提供使用者將所選定節目 鎖碼，以避免無法提供密碼人士觀賞之機會。節目指南可提 -------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -30 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（28 ) ^根據所敎節目其屬性而將節目鎖碼之機會（例如， 南可允許使用者根據所選定節目之分級而鎖碼） ：： :目：-頻道’網路，或者節目群組時，則可提供：用者： 尸選疋頻’網路，或節目群組鎖碼或者解 (例如見圖18a)。 S機會 -互動式資訊顯示勞幕可包括一購買選項。例如，如 l〇a中所示，1動式資訊顯示螢幕2()2可包括_購口^ 2〇4’伴隨六個其他選項（提醒器選項2〇8，家長鎖碼選項 2Η)，套裝選項212，輪廓選項214，以及其他頻心時間選項 216與218)。作業中，#一使用者要求一選定之節目列示上其 額外資訊（例如藉由按下一資訊鍵）時，則節目指南可顯示^ 動式資訊顯示螢幕202。例如，使用者可於節目列示顯示螢 幕206中將現代啓示綠（Ap〇calypseN〇w)高亮度後，再按下資 訊鍵。互動式資訊顯示螢幕202可包括所選定節目（現代啓: 錄（Apocalypse Now))的一詳述（包括例如：有關劇情，分 級，導演，獎項，回顧，片長等資訊），伴隨使用者可選二 選項 2 04，208，210，212，214，216，與 218。當一使用者選 擇購貝選項2 0 4時，則可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕22〇。榮 幕22〇可包括如螢幕2〇2之相同的現代啓示綠（Ap〇calypse N〇w) 詳述，並且可包括購買選項222，用以提供使用者購買觀賞 現代啓示錄（Apocalypse Now)之機會（例如：藉由輸入完成購 貝的一代碼，藉由輸入觀賞該節目的一授權碼等）。 圖10b中所示係提供圖1〇&amp;像是呈動式資訊顯示螢幕202之 具有一購買選項的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明步 -31 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） I.----------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注咅？事項再填寫本頁) A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 、發明說明（29 ) :互二步：292, 一使用者選擇1目後，節目指南可顯示 動式資訊顯不螢幕。該顯示一 1¾ 及助式貝顯TF普墓士半 I，即292，可包括顯示一購冒遝艰止 赏举又步 指南可、、夬定購胃iPm人 步驟（步驟3〇6)。節目 例如，ί二 合料所選定項目（步驟3〇6a)。 者r η 、， 再Λ的一即目，網路，頻道，或 Ρ目群組時，則不適合顯示一睛 一 用者潠搂目善四、强π 1 I 4具選項。於步驟326,使 :選擇-購貝選項後，節目指南可提 買):選定項目之機會。例如，節目指南可提;= ;旨令(見例如圖19a)。講買中可包含衝動之分 、費確-忍，酼選視讯確熟，或者電話訂購。 :互動式資訊顯示勞幕可包括一其他之頻道/時間選項。 =如’如圖lla中所示，互動式資訊顯示勞幕咖可包括;;其 Τ Ί226伴隧四個其他選項（一提醒器選 項’。-調諧至頻道選項，一家長控制選項，以及—記錄選 、/乍業中 使用者彳&lt; 節目列示顯示螢幕228選擇像是節 目列示” E.R·”的一節目列示，以要求額外資訊後，節目指南 可顯π互動式資訊顯示勞幕224。互動式資訊顯示榮幕似可 $括”E.R·”之選定片段的一詳述（例如：劇情，分級，導 演，獎項，回顧，片長等），伴隨包括其他頻道/時間選項 226之五個使用者可選擇選項。當一使用者選擇其他頻道/時 間選項226時，則節目指南可顯示資訊顯示螢幕24〇，其中包 括所選足節目（E.R.)之其他頻道/時間的一可選擇一覽表 (_230 ’ 232，234，236)，伴隨E.R•其一片段的一詳述 237。一 高亮度區域可放置於一覽表中之各項目（23〇，232，234，與 — II-----· I------訂---I----- (請先閱讀背面之注音？事項再填寫本頁} -32- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明（3〇 ) 236)上。爲了響應，詳述237動態改變成爲提供高亮度區域所 在一覽表中之E.R.片段的一詳述。當由於大小限制而無法顯 示其他頻道/時間一覽表時，可顯示一箭頭23 1，用以指示使 用者可水平捲動一覽表，而得以展示可用但尚未顯示之,目 (例如，見圖20a)。如果希望，則節目指南可顯示所選定項 目的一特定之其他演出的一其他頻道/時間選項（例如見圖 1.0a)。當一使用者選擇其他頻道/時間選項之一（例如選項 234)時，則可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕227。互動式資訊顯 示螢幕227可包括該節目所選定之頻道/時間的一詳述，以及 一組使用者可選擇選項，用以争接所選定之其他頻遒/時間 而運用節目指南特性。一互動式資訊顯示螢幕中，用以允許 使用者存取另一項目的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕之選項可視爲 一超連結。 圖lib中所示係提供像是圖iia互動式資訊顯示螢幕224之 具有一其他頻道/時間選項的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包本 之説明步驟。於步驟292，一使用者選定一項目後，節目指 南可顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示 螢幕之步驟，即步驟292，可包括顯示一其他頻道/時間選項 的步驟（步驟308)。通常，當所選定項目係一節目時，則一 其他頻道/時間選項可用。於步驟308a，節目指南可決定其 他頻道/時間選項是否可供所選定節目。例如，沒有任何其 他頻道/時間演出的一節目則無法使用其他頻道/時間選項。 於步驟328，一使用者選定一其他頻道/時間選項後，節目指 南可顯示所選定節目之其他頻道/時間演出的一互動式資訊 --------------------^---------^91 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -33- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 494680 五、發明說明（31 ) 顯示螢幕。步驟328可包括-步驟，提供使用者從所選 目之其他頻道/時間一覽表中選擇的機會。 ^ 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一偏好輪廓選項。例士 士 圖A中所示，互動式顯示榮幕244可包括—偏好輪二 2私，伴隨五個其他選項（提醒器選項25〇,調諧至頻道選項 252,家長選項254,記錄選項256 ”乂及其他頻道/時間選項 258)。作業中，當一使用者從節目列示顯示螢幕248選擇像 疋&quot;E.R.”的一節目列示以要求額外資訊時，貝]節目指南可趣 不互動式資訊顯示螢幕244。互動式資訊顯示螢幕244可‘包 括&quot;E.R. ’’之選定片段的一詳述（例如：劇情，分級，導涫， 獎項，回顧，片長等），伴隨使用者可選擇選項246，2別， 252 =54，256 ’與258。當一使用者選擇偏好輪廓選項246 時，節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕26〇，其中包括 &quot;E.R.&quot;其選定列示之相同詳述，並且可顯示使用者可選=選 項262,用以將所敎節目之屬性加至—使用者輪靡。如果 希望’則用以將所選定節目之屬性加至_使用者輪廓之使用 者可選擇選項可於一重疊中顯示。一節目指南偏好輪靡特性 描述於共同申請之Ellis et al、美國專利申請案號〇9/〇34,934， 1998年3月4曰申請，此處合併藉以完整參考。 圖12b所示係提供像是圖12a互動式資訊顯示螢幕Μ*之具 有一偏好輪廓選項的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明; 驟。於步驟292,—使用者選定一項目後，節目指南㈣二 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕之步 驟，即步驟292,可包括顯示一偏好輪廓選項的步驟（步驟 ------h-----.裝----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線0· -34- A7-------- Order --------- Line · (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 494680 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (17) of the database 9 3. Stored in database 9 #, and distributed to user TV equipment 99. Like two? Refers to: The interactive TV program guide system required by Zidou.com, and Wang Bei, like the implementation of system 90. With a more complete server-based architecture, the server 9 1 on the television distribution device 9 4 can access the guide information, as well as graphics, display, or its storage program equipment on the 9/9 program guide display 9 9 The software included in the live user TV P. Hungarian. Shoulder Pi. To enable Zhuang 9 9 to receive instructions from the user, please refer to the equipment industry, store certain TV equipment characteristics for m, work or be a car, enter the 0 television distribution equipment, 94, and execute the required instructions for desired characteristics. Support the desired operation, or two :: access, or the TV distribution device 94 can be combined with the user's television equipment to prepare the second operation to execute the instruction required to implement the desired characteristic, and support the desired = Work, or facilitate access to the desired data. An example of a system with on-demand data supplementary help-and-see guides can be found in Ellis et ai US Application No. 0,519, which was filed on June ^, 1999, and incorporated here for reference. An example of a program guide system with a continuous data stream and master-slave data supplement function is found in Hasseli et al., U.S. Patent Application No. 9 / 332,625, filed June 11, 1999, incorporated by reference for complete reference. For the sake of clarity, sometimes the description of the present invention is mainly based on a program guide implemented on a user's television equipment, rather than a program guide implemented using a server-based architecture. As shown in Fig. 4a, the program guide of the present invention may display the illustrated program guide display screens 100'104'106'686, and 688, and the illustrated interactive bezel display labor screen 102. The display screen 1 00 includes a program line in a square format. -20- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) -------- ^ ------- --Line Φ C, please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 494680 A7 Β7 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (18 and the corresponding channel identifier. The display m contains Set-list and a corresponding "network identification word. The display screen 106 contains sports categories, comedy 'movie' news, etc.-program categories or types, and-corresponding sections; 2 tables ° work curtain can include _ programs The screen may be for the program: the program guide display screen provided by the South, or may include a TV program provided by the user ’s television equipment when the guide is executed in the background. The program guide may display other Program guide display screen, used to display program listing, or identify channels (for example, 1-item guide display screen 686 includes _music frequency = list), network, package, and group (for example: program guide display Rongzhong of- Group—list of tables—overlapping). The display screen can be partial or full-screen, and the information displayed can be sorted. Figures, Figure 4c, Figure 4 (shown in Figures 1 and 46 are additional Description of the interactive information display screen. 'One user can select from the display screens 100, 104, 106, 108 (if the program is deducted as the screen 108), 686' and 688 Program guide display screen selection: program planning related items, one section &quot; head related items are _program, list, channel, network, or a program group (for example: a set, program series 'mini series' sports Series, etc.). As defined here,-Section: The related item (also referred to as an item) can also be any other type of TV content provided through the program guide. What is not provided by the guide—TV program ^ Visual For "program-related items", the user can select program 1 in the program guide. Each item can be used to identify or relate to a specific program, channel, network, etc. Each specific item can have subsequent related information, such as Specific item—details (eg: program title, rating, channel identifier, related news-21-this paper ruler Cai Guan Jia Xian (CNS) A4 Na (21G X 29〗 mm) ------ -------------- Order --------- line (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 494680 、 Explanation (19) Sub-mail address 'relevant web page address, program description, internet franchisees' program group consisting of 'relevant chat sessions, actors, directors, performance time' other> time out or Channel, etc.) This information may be provided as part of the provision of user television equipment &lt; program listings. The information may be in a t-form suitable for display and may be in a format suitable for processing in order to determine the characteristics of the particular item. ', For example, select it by: placing a high-brightness area on the program line π and pressing an information key · to position a high-brightness area ^ program 歹] on the display screen On the grid cell of the channel, press the Λ key to press the button on the view and press an information key; locate a high-brightness area on a part of the program guide display screen to identify a music channel, E-mail: an information key; locate a high-brightness area on a program group list in a favorite program group display, and press an information key; locate a highlighted j area on the network bar Display a network identification on the display screen, and press the -info button, etc. An item can be selected from any suitable program guide display screen including selectable sections. In addition, the _program item can be selected by selecting a screen containing a TV program. The program guide can display different interactive information depending on the selected item (for example: selected-the program list does not 'frequency' network, program group, or which program to access the interactive information display screen) Show labor curtain. An interactive information display option is a program guide feature (for example: record, parental lock code, profile, email, purchase, etc.) that can be used to select the selected item. -The options available in the interactive information display can depend on which of the different items is selected to access the -22- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm: --- I; —— '; ------------- Order --------- Line · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 494680 A7 V. Description of the invention (2〇) "Curtain: It can further depend on the information about the selected item, such as the interactive form displayed when the project is listed, such as: the glory screen 102 of Figure 4a) and the display when the channel is selected. Interactive screens are not the same (for example, the interactive information display screen in Figure 4d). When-the user selects an item, the program guide can display an interactive information display screen 102-interactive The information display screen 102 can include the detailed information part u0, and can be selected by the two types of users 112. The interactive information display screen 102 can be used at the same time = like a graphic image, video 'Advertisement, status indicators, animations, etc .: Secondary information 0 The content of the interactive information display screen 102 may depend on the selected —… Any of the items, channels, networks, program groups, or other items. For example, ★ the detailed information section 110 may include providing a program that is suitable for display ° Zhao Xing text, which may include, for example, the plot, actors, Rating, review \ director, channel number, other performances, program categories and other program information =, User selectable item 112 may include options that depend on the type of project selected and the information associated with the selected project. 〃 Θ depends on the amount of information displayed on the 7F, which provides the user with the opportunity to scroll the detailed information section 8 110. By pressing the up or down arrow keys on the remote control, or other appropriate navigation keys, And allows a user (such as scrolling up or down) to scroll the entire information. The detailed information part u 〇 may include arrows i white 1 or more arrows, indicating that the user can scroll to view more information. Detailed information 110 can provide enough information to allow a user to use two options (that is, to use or call) in an informal manner. The user can choose options 丨 2 -23 This paper size applies to China Home Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) -------- ^ --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) A7 B7 Ministry of Economy Wisdom Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Property Bureau V. Invention Description (21) The user can select the item 112 to view the available items about the selected item ?! Select the item "Number" to provide scrolling. It allows a user to press: Left or right arrow keys on the end control, or other navigation keys, and the volume =: option that is not yet displayed. The user can select the option in to include the arrow 103 on the front 103 to indicate the use The user can scroll to more options. The available options provided by the user-selectable options 112 in the Lab 102 area depend on the nature of the selected item and the information associated with the item. 'All = Special items may be certain programs available using the selected item = Time = person. -The program guide user can select the high-brightness area by looking at the option, and use the arrow keys to press the -㈣ key, and the selection shown is one of the interactive information display screens like the picture " The explanation steps included in the force-type information display screen. In step ..., the program provides-the user selects-an item to request additional information. The: Xinnan provides the user with an opportunity to select an item to receive additional information,: Medium: The amount comes from any program guide shoulder that includes the item—identifier: Power ”or from any glorious video that includes the item. The choice—the opportunity for the item can be from- Regardless of the screen, a type of display screen and other users.-An interactive type of the selected item; =; = labor_: The opportunity for the messenger to choose another item about the selected item can be used 5 The selection of an item is provided to the user. At step 116 ', in response to the selection-item, the program guide may display a line like -------- Order --------- (Please read first Note on the back, please fill out this page) -24 -494680 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (22) Figure 4a is an interactive information display screen of the screen 102. The interactive information screen may include detailed information of an item. The useable audio selectable options may vary. The user selectable options may be options for using program guide features that are available for a particular series of selected items. Except depending on the program selected ( Program listing or program video), a network, a program group or other items, the options may depend on which item is selected (eg, what program, what channel, what network, what program group, etc.) ). For example, 'A program option currently aired may be different from a program option aired tomorrow. The options and their availability will be discussed further below. An interactive information display screen user-selectable options may include a reminder as Options. For example, as shown in Figure 6a, the interactive information display screen 120 includes a reminder option 122, along with four other options ( Parental lock code option 1 2 4 'Preference profile option 126, recording option 128, and tuning to channel selection page 130). Interactive information display screen 丨 20 can be displayed from the program list display screen 118, by selecting a desired program List and access. As discussed above, a user can select a program listing by, for example, positioning a high-brightness area on a listing and pressing the flood button, where the listing is like A list of one segment of the happy bachelor party (such as tf). In response, the program guide is available, and the display = dynamic information display screen 120, which includes a detailed description of the selected segment of the happy bachelor party, and the user can choose Options 122, 124, 120, 128, and 1301 are selected by reminding a high-brightness area on the reminder option 122 and pressing a remote control OK key. When the reminder option I22 is selected, the Langmu guide can display an interactive information display screen 134, which includes -------------------- order --------- --Line (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) -25- 494680 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention description (23 Including the detailed description of the same happy bachelor party segment, And its control 130 is used to start the user to cancel the acupuncture point, a 楗 awake the mouth to move, first pick 岣 reminder to watch the selected segment of the happy bachelor party-the reminder control 136 at the same time can click, delete , Or amend a series of reminders. And 2 has 5 and the program guide system is described in the common application "κ_ 有 —series reminder function. Please case number _., 792, the second old stone. Xi j 11th application Call, merge here for complete &gt; test. If yes, then the interactive information display screen and ...: Advertisement 132-or more advertisements. When the selected item is a program, it: When the selected item Reminder option is available for a show that has not yet begun broadcasting. The reminder is not available or not: An example of how the selected item is shown in the program is how the options performed by the system depend on the nature of the selected item. Figure 6b shows an interactive information display screen like Figure 6a. Adding the -reminder-item-interactive "information display screen user included steps. After step 292, -user 敎 _item, the program guide can include-interactive information display glory with additional information. Steps The information display screen in 292 may include a reminder + step shown in step 3: for example, when the program guide decides that the selected item is a program listing: or: like a series of a program group When listed, the program guide can display a device option. In step 3, the user selects the reminder, and after the step is selected, the $ head guide can provide user settings, cancel, or a reminder to watch The selected item, and the opportunity to request more information. An interactive information display screen may include a viewing option. For example, not shown in the two figures, the interactive information display screen 138 includes a viewing option i4〇, accompanied by ^ -26- Paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297mm &quot; · * -------- Order --------- ^ C Please read the precautions on the back first Fill out this page} A7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (24) Three other options (parental lock record option 150). Interaction times: ,, preference profile option 148, and discussed above,-users can use the column … To access. For example: two choices-programs. When the program is selected for display: by two: interactive information display screen U8, where the selected film can be presented for single parties As mentioned, happy viewing option 14. = !: 可: 埃 将 — Add to write Yu., * Hard% control key (for example: a ο K key), and select. (In response to the 'program guide adjustable), the selected film kills the bitterness and bitterness ^ "Awesome people early party = the frequency of clips, and can display the current t on this channel, viewing option 140 can be positive Broadcast (broadcasting), will be broadcast, or can be 2: 2: selected program (for example: use on-demand video or near binomial. For digital music programs' program guide line: shell option, called "listening" option .If desired, the interactive / beacon display screen 138 may include an advertisement 152. Λ Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed in Figure 7b Provides an interactive information display screen like Figure 7a An interactive information display screen with a viewing option is described in step 292. After a user selects an item, the program guide may display two interactive information display screens. In step 292, an interactive information display screen is displayed. The step may include the step of displaying a viewing option in step 296. Step 296 may include detecting which of a selected program, channel, or network item, and may include the option or Rename the display name. When the program guide decides to select one-27 this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 494680 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (%) ^ '-Internet' or broadcast , Will broadcast two: when more information is requested, the program guide can be displayed-as shown in Figure 7c, if the selected item is a number ". If you can effectively select, from" watching, rename "&quot; listening" ： 目 = ^ After the dynamic information display glory selection-viewing options, V refers to :; the selected channel of the program, and the selected section can be displayed; ::: Wrong: ：: When the program is a digital music program, The program guide can be adjusted and adjusted; frequency communication 'and play music program planning (for example, see Figure 7C).: Rongΐ :: Γ ——channel or network, and access to interactive information display = when' as shown in the figure As shown in Figure 7d, selecting the view from the interactive information display screen may cause the program guide to tune to the compared channel or network. The interactive information display screen may include-tune to channel option. For example, as shown in Figure 8a The 'interactive information display turn 156 shown may include Tune to frequency option 158, along with eight other options (note green option 162, watch option 164 'reminder option 166' parent lock code option 168, set option 17, preference profile option 172, and other channel / time options 174 and 176). When a user presses a button that looks like an information key, and is displayed from the program listing: in Act 160, 'choose a program listing like the program listing of a happy bachelor party', then the program The guide may display an interactive information display screen 156. The interactive information display screen 156. includes a detailed description of a selected segment of a happy bachelor party, with the user selecting options 162'164'166, 108, 170, 172, 174, and 176. When a user chooses to tune to the channel option i58, the program guide can tune to the channel that is scheduled to show the selected segment of the happy bachelor party, and can display the video 178 of the program currently playing on the children's channel. Tuning to frequency-28- This paper's standard outline: National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -------- ^ --------- ^ (Please read the Please fill in this page again.) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7, Invention Description (26) Option 158 can be a choice of the employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs when the selected item is a future program. Cooperative prints usually do not show unavailable options. For example, when Xingyi ^ Shi Jie, and ‘η Doda ’s Corpse chooses the sacrifice for future distribution, the viewing option will not be available. For example, users who use ^ he f Ling can choose options, but in different shapes (f [〇 ^, / 式. ,,,, and members. For example, as shown in the example, the viewing option 164 can be faded, every time you go to the right ^ This is visually different from other options because it is not yet possible to watch selected segments of the happy bachelor party. Figure 8b shows an interactive information display like the picture "Interactive Information Display Fluorescent Second and Tuned to Channel Options-Interactive Information Display Turn to the included step. Wing. After the user selects the item in step 292, the program guide can display an interactive information display screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display labor screen: step 292, can Included in step 304 is the frequency of tuning to channel options. Step 304 may include detecting the selected system—program channel or network. When the program guide determines that the selected item is a program, channel, or When online, the program guide may display a tune to channel option. At step 324, after a user selects the tune to channel option, the program guide may tune to the channel of the selected program, tune to the selected channel, or Tunable to a channel of the selected network. An interactive information display may include a long lock code option. For example, as shown in Figure 9a, the interactive information display may include a long lock code option 182 ' Comes with six other options (purchase option 186, reminder option 188, package option 190, outline option 192, recording option 196, and other channel / time options 194). During operation, when a user displays screen 1 from the program listing 84 Select Apocalypse Now and request additional information, -29- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1111! —I — ------- ^ I ----- I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 494680 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Description (27 items can display interactive information in Mezanan The display screen i8〇. The interactive information display screen 180 may include a detailed description of the selected program (Modo Apocalypse No.w) (for example, including the plot, rating, director, award, and return , A description of the poor news such as the film length), along with the user can select the options i82, I%, 188'190, 192'194, and 196. When a user selects the parental lock option 1 82, the program guide can provide User input, personal identification number (for example, using a personal identification number (overlapping 1 85)) Opportunity three: When a user enters a valid code, interactive information can be displayed: the staff does not screen 198 'which includes the same modern revelation Record (Apoc ·· —Detailed, and includes parental control 200, to provide a user with the opportunity to set a parental lock code. If desired, parental controls can be displayed in an overlay, as discussed further below. Figure 9 ^) does not provide an interactive information display screen like the one in Figure 9a. An interactive with a parental lock code option &lt; Instruction steps included in the information display screen. In step 292, after a user selects an item, the program guide may display an interactive type; Beizun does not display the screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display, that is, step 292 'may include a step of displaying a family lock code option (step M ".-The parent lock code option may also be referred to as a family control option or a family option. When the program When the guide detects the _ item to request more information, a long lock code option may be displayed. Step 298 may include providing the user the opportunity to enter a person identification code (just). If—user choice—parent lock code Option 'is in step 318, _ The project guide can provide the user with the opportunity to set or remove parental control. For example, the program guide can provide the user to lock the selected program to avoid the opportunity for those who cannot provide the password. Program guide May mention ------------------- order --------- line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -30 A7 B7 Economy Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau. V. Invention Description (28) ^ The opportunity to lock the program according to the properties of the program (for example, Nan may allow users to lock the program according to the rating of the selected program) :: : 目 ： -channel 'network, or For the target group, you can provide: User: corpse selection audio 'network, or program group lock code or solution (for example, see Figure 18a). S opportunity-interactive information display can include a purchase option. For example, as shown in 10a, 1 mobile information display screen 2 () 2 may include _ 购 口 ^ 2104 'accompanied by six other options (reminder option 2008, parental lock code option 2Η), Set option 212, contour option 214, and other frequency time options 216 and 218). In operation, #a user requests a selected program to display its additional information (for example, by pressing an information key), then The program guide can display ^ the dynamic information display screen 202. For example, the user can highlight the modern apocalypse green (Ap〇calypseN0w) in the program list display screen 206, and then press the information button. Interactive information display Screen 202 may include a detailed description of the selected program (Apocalypse Now) (including, for example, information about the plot, rating, director, award, review, film length, etc.), with the user selecting two options 2 04 , 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, and 218. When When a user selects the option of buying the shell, the interactive information display screen 22 may be displayed. The glory screen 22 may include the same modern apocalyptic green (Ap〇calypse No. 2) as the screen 202. Details , And may include a purchase option 222 to provide users with the opportunity to purchase and watch Apocalypse Now (for example, by entering a code to complete the purchase of shellfish, by entering an authorization code to watch the program, etc.). The illustration shown in Figure 10b includes the steps included in Figure 10 &amp; an interactive information display screen with a purchase option, such as a presentation information display screen 202. -31-This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) I .---------------- order --------- line (Please read the note on the back first? Please fill in this page again for details) A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Invention Description (29): Two steps: 292, After a user selects 1 item, the program guide can display dynamic information on or off screen. The display 1 ¾ and the helper Behind TF general priest half I, that is 292, may include the display of a purchase order, a halt, a reward, a step-by-step guide, and a step to order a stomach iPm (step 306). Program For example, select the selected item (Step 306a). In the case of r η, and Λ, that is, the network, channel, or P group, it is not suitable to display a glance. The user has good eyesight, strong π 1 I 4 options. In step 326, the program guide can be purchased after selecting the -buy option): the opportunity to select the item. For example, the program guide may mention; =; decree (see, eg, Figure 19a). Speaking of buying can include impulse points, fee-tolerance, selection of video, or telephone ordering. : Interactive information display can include an additional channel / time option. = As shown in Figure 11a, the interactive information display can be included; its Τ 226 companion tunnel four other options (a reminder option '.-Tune to channel options, family control options, and- Record selection / Users in the industry 彳 &lt; program listing display screen 228 selects a program listing like the program listing "ER ·" to request additional information, the program guide can display interactive information display Act 224. The interactive information display shows a detailed description of selected episodes of "Er ·" (eg, plot, rating, director, award, review, film length, etc.), along with other channels / time options 226 Five user-selectable options. When a user selects other channel / time options 226, the program guide can display an information display screen 24o, which includes a selection of other channels / times of the selected foot program (ER) The list (_230 '232, 234, 236), accompanied by a detailed description of a segment of ER 237. A high-brightness area can be placed on each item in the list (23, 232, 234, and-II ---- -· I ------ Order --- I ----- (Please read the note on the back? Matters before filling out this page} -32- Printed on the A7 B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (5. Invention Description (3〇) 236). In response, the detailed 237 dynamic changes become Provide a detailed description of the ER segment in the list where the high-brightness area is located. When other channel / time lists cannot be displayed due to size restrictions, an arrow 23 1 can be displayed to indicate that the user can scroll the list horizontally to be displayed Available but not yet displayed (for example, see Figure 20a). If desired, the program guide can display an additional channel / time option for a particular other show of the selected project (for example, see Figure 1.0a). When used When the user selects one of the other channel / time options (for example, option 234), an interactive information display screen 227 may be displayed. The interactive information display screen 227 may include a detailed description of the channel / time selected by the program, and a set of The user can select options to use the program guide feature to compete with other frequencies / times selected. An interactive information display screen allows the user to The option of an interactive information display screen that takes another item can be regarded as a hyperlink. The image shown in Figure lib provides an interactive information display with an other channel / time option such as the iia interactive information display screen 224 Steps for explaining the copy of the screen. In step 292, after a user selects an item, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display screen, step 292, may include displaying an Steps for other channel / time options (step 308). Generally, when the selected item is a program, an other channel / time option is available. At step 308a, the program guide may determine whether other channel / time options are available for the selected program. For example, a show without any other channel / time cannot use other channel / time options. In step 328, after a user selects another channel / time option, the program guide may display an interactive information of other channels / time performances of the selected program ---------------- ---- ^ --------- ^ 91 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) -33- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 494680 V. Description of Invention (31) Display screen. Step 328 may include a step of providing the user the opportunity to select from a list of other channels / times of the selected project. ^ An interactive information display can include a preferred outline option. As shown in Figure A, the interactive display glory 244 may include-preference round 2 and 2 private, accompanied by five other options (reminder option 25, tune to channel option 252, parent option 254, recording option 256 "乂 and other channel / time options 258). In operation, when a user selects a program listing like 疋 &quot; ER "from the program listing display screen 248 to request additional information, the program guide can be non-interactive Information display screen 244. The interactive information display screen 244 may 'include a detailed description of selected segments of &quot; ER' '(for example: plot, rating, guide, award, review, film length, etc.), with the user selecting options 246, 2 and so on. 252 = 54, 256 'and 258. When a user selects the preference outline option 246, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 26, which includes &quot; ER &quot; with the same detailed description as selected, and may display user selectable = option 262, Used to add the attributes of the show to the user. If desired, then the user-selectable options for adding the attributes of the selected program to the _user profile may be displayed in an overlay. A program guide preference feature is described in co-filed Ellis et al., U.S. Patent Application No. 09 / 〇34,934, filed March 4, 1998, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. FIG. 12b is a description provided in an interactive information display screen with a preferred outline option, such as the interactive information display screen M * of FIG. 12a; In step 292, after the user selects an item, the program guide 22 displays an interactive information screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display screen, step 292, may include the step of displaying a preferred outline option (step ------ h -----. Install ----- (please read the back first (Please note this page before filling out this page) Order --------- Line 0 · -34- A7

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 10)。當節目指南決定所 … 頻道，或者一網路、、目係-師目列示，節目，— 330,當使用者選擇/茨偏好輪靡選項爲可用。於步驟 田便用者選擇—偏好輪 7% 使用者將資訊加至-使用去即目才曰南可提供 允許使用者將-選定之r二#〈機會。例如’節目指南可 如··類型)加至一使用二列示(或者節目）其-屬性(例 或者-頻道，節二南者可=作-偏好 一網路或-頻道之資訊/錢用者增加m旨示所偏好的 =動式資訊顯示«可包括—節目群组選項，其中一節 二群：可爲一套裝，―節目系列，一迷你系列，—運動系列 稱爲套二如圖m中所示，互動式資訊顯示^264可包括 選項266的一節目群組選項，伴隨三個其他選項(提 醒益選項270’購買選項272 ’以及家長控制選項274)。作業 :ϋ用者從節目列示顯示螢幕268選擇了謂⑽表演 時’則節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕264。當使用者 選擇套裝選項266時，可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕276，其中 包括一含Truman表演之套裝的一詳述。如果希望，則可顯示 套裝一覽表，其中包括Truman表演作爲部分套裝。除了詳述 外’互動式資訊顯示螢幕276'包括使用者可選擇選項277， 278, 279,與280,可串接詳述282中所述之套裝而運用。 如圖13b中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕424可包括一節目群 組選項426，伴隨六個其他選項（輪廓選項43〇，觀賞選項 432’節目列示選項437，加至喜好選項436，購買選項438， 以及家長鎖碼選項440)。.作業中，當一使用者從節目列示顯 -35 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） -------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) Α7 Α7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 ---- —_____Β7__ 五、發明說明（33 ) 不勞幕428選擇頻道5時，節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示 f幕424。當一使用者選擇節目群組選項426時，節目指南可 ”屬tf互動式資訊顯示螢幕442。互動式資訊顯示螢幕料2，可 包括含先前所選頻道作爲一組成之節目群組一覽表。一使用 者從該一覽表選擇一節目群組後，節目指南可顯示適合用於 二域走之節目群組的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。如果希望，則 可（例如水平）捲動節目群組一覽表。 圖13c中所示係提供像是圖13a互動式資訊顯示螢幕264，或 者圖13b互動式資訊顯示螢幕424之具有一套裝選項的一互動 式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明步驟。於步驟292，一使用者 ^ ^項目後’節目指南可，顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。該 二、不互動式資訊顯示螢幕之步驟，即步驟292，可包括顯 不二節目群組選項（例如：用以存取有關包含所選定項目的 7節目系列，迷你系列，運動系列，或者套裝等資訊的一選 項）的步驟312。節目指南可決定所選定是否爲一節目，頻 二或者網路，以及所選定之節目，頻道，或者網路是否爲 即目群組的一部分（3 12a)。於步驟3 3 2，使用者選定一節 =群組選項後’節目指南可顯示_包括先前所選定之節目， :各或者頻道其節目群組的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。提供 %視套裝之節目指南系統辆述於et ai·美國專利申請 :遽08/944,153，1997年1 〇月6日申請，此處合併藉以完整 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一記綠選項。例如，如圖 Ma中所717，互動式資訊顯示螢幕224可包括一記錄選項 _____ _36 - 本紙張尺度週用_家標準χ挪 — 丨丨^ I----------^ --------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 10). When the program guide determines all… channels, or a network, or department-teacher list, the program, — 330, when the user selects / preference preference options are available. In the step, the user selects-preference wheel 7%. The user adds information to-use it, that is, the only way is to provide the user with the opportunity to select the second option. For example, 'program guides can be added to a list of two types (or programs) and its-attributes (eg, or channels, the second section can be used as-preference-a network or-channel information / money) The user adds m to indicate the preference = dynamic information display «can include — program group options, one of which is two groups: can be a set, ―program series, a mini series, — sports series are called sets of two as shown in m As shown in the figure, the interactive information display ^ 264 may include a program group option of option 266, along with three other options (reminder option 270 'purchase option 272' and parental control option 274). Assignment: user from program When the display screen 268 is selected, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 264. When the user selects the package option 266, an interactive information display screen 276 may be displayed, including a Truman performance A detailed description of the package. If desired, a package list can be displayed, including Truman performances as part of the package. In addition to the details, the 'Interactive Information Display Screen 276' includes user-selectable options 277, 278, 279 , And 280, can be used in series with the package described in detail 282. As shown in FIG. 13b, the interactive information display screen 424 can include a program group option 426, along with six other options (outline option 43). , Watch option 432 'program listing option 437, add to preference option 436, purchase option 438, and parental lock code option 440) .. In operation, when a user displays from the program display -35 This paper size is applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------------- Order --------- line (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page for further details) Α7 Α7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs —— —_____ Β7__ V. Invention Description (33) Non-working curtain 428 When channel 5 is selected, the program guide can display interactive information display f 424. When a user selects the program group option 426, the program guide may be a tf interactive information display screen 442. The interactive information display screen 2 may include a list of program groups containing the previously selected channel as a component After a user selects a program group from the list, the program guide can be displayed An interactive information display screen suitable for the two-domain walking program group. If desired, you can (for example, horizontally) scroll the program group list. Figure 13c shows an interactive information display screen like Figure 13a , Or the interactive information display screen 424 of FIG. 13b includes an explanation step included in an interactive information display screen with a set of options. In step 292, a user ^ ^ after the item 'program guide may display an interactive information display Screen. The second step of non-interactive information display screen, step 292, may include the option of displaying the second program group (for example, to access the 7 program series, mini series, sports series containing the selected item, etc. Or an option such as packages). The program guide determines whether the selected program is a program, frequency or network, and whether the selected program, channel, or network is part of a spot group (3 12a). In step 3 32, after the user selects a section = group option, the program guide can display _ including the previously selected program, an interactive information display screen of each or channel's program group. The program guide system that provides the% View package is described in et ai · US Patent Application: 遽 08 / 944,153, filed on October 6, 1997, incorporated here for completeness. An interactive information display screen can include a green option. For example, as shown in Figure 717, the interactive information display screen 224 may include a recording option _____ _36-weekly paper size _ home standard χ Norwegian — 丨 丨 ^ I ---------- ^ --------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7

I I I I I 訂 請 先 閱 讀 背 之 注 意 事 項 再 填 寫 本 頁 線 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 、發明說明（35 I Γί功能之節目指南线共同描述於Knudsen心l美國專 。:號°9/330,792,1999年6月11曰申請，嫩 例如’即目指南可指導一綠放影機記錄所選定之節目。同 二灰供使用者設^，清除，或者修正_記錄之機會，其中 Θ记錄係於一電視配送設備（例如圖2之電視配送設備的 :服斋或者其他適當位置。一電視配送設備可包括一遠端 :體伺服器，用以執行記綠作業。具有一記錄特性之節目指 南系統描述於Ellis et al•美國專利申請案號〇9/332,244，i999 年6月11日+請，此處合併藉以完整參考。同時可將所選定 項目記錄於-區域數位儲存裝置或者伺服器。具有區域數位 儲存之節目指南系統描述於Hasseletal.美國專利申請案號 09/157,256 ’ 1998年9月17日申請，此處合併藉以完整參考。 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一相關之頻道/網路選项。 例如’如圖15a中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕術可包括一相 關網路選項704,以及一相關頻道選項7()6，㈣兩個其他使 用者可選擇選項。作業中，當—使用者從節目列示顯示勞幕 7⑽選擇節目5其列示的一節目列示時，節目指南可顯示互 動式資訊顯示螢幕702。互動式資訊顯示螢幕7〇2可包括所 選定節目（節目5).的-詳述，伴隨使用者可選擇選項。互動 式資訊顯示螢幕702可包括圖形影像7〇1，以下將進一步討 論。當使用者選擇相關網路選項7〇4時，節目指南可顯示互 動式資訊顯示螢幕710。互動式資訊顯示螢幕71〇可包括串接 所選定節目（節目5)的一電視網路其一詳述，以及使用者可 -38 - --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 私紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐 494680 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 、發明說明（36 ) 選擇選項，用以串接該網路 、辟抑，. 叩連用即目指南特性。去佶爾娄 選擇相關頻道選項706時，田使用者 勞慕712。+ t、η Ρ目札南可顯不互動式資訊顯示 (卜卜 貝汛_示螢幕712可包括串接所選定節 (卽目5)的一電視頻道其一、 安7龟疋即目 m ^ 今迷，以及使用者可選擇選項， 用以串接該頻道而運用節目指南特 一起IIIII Please read the precautions before filling in this page. Line A7 B7 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, Invention Guide (35 I Γί Function Program Guide Lines are described together in Knudsen Center, USA .: No. ° 9 / 330,792, application dated June 11, 1999. For example, the "guidance guide" can guide a green projector to record the selected program. The same as the second gray for users to set, clear, or modify the opportunity of recording, of which Θ record is attached to a TV distribution device (such as the TV distribution device in Figure 2: service or other appropriate location. A TV distribution device may include a remote: body server to perform green recording operations. Has a record The program guide system for features is described in Ellis et al • US Patent Application No. 09 / 332,244, June 11, i999 + Please, merge here for complete reference. At the same time, the selected items can be recorded in the area digital storage device Or a server. A program guide system with regional digital storage is described in Hasselet. US Patent Application No. 09 / 157,256 'September 17, 1998, incorporated herein by reference Complete reference. An interactive information display screen may include a related channel / network option. For example, as shown in Figure 15a, an interactive information display screen may include a related network option 704, and a related channel option. 7 () 6, ㈣Two other users can choose options. In operation, when—the user selects a program from the program list display 7⑽selects a program list listed by program 5, the program guide can display interactive information Display screen 702. The interactive information display screen 702 may include detailed descriptions of the selected program (program 5). With the user to select options. The interactive information display screen 702 may include a graphic image 701, which will be described below. Further discussion. When the user selects the relevant network option 704, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 710. The interactive information display screen 71 may include a television network connected to the selected program (program 5) One detailed description, and the user can -38--------- ^ --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The private paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 male 494680 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Invention Description (36) Select the option to connect to the network, cut off, and then use the instant guide feature. When you select the relevant channel option 706 in Seoul, Tian user Lao Mu 712. + t, η 目 目 南 can display non-interactive information display (Bubbeizin_ display screen 712 may include a TV channel connected to the selected section (卽 目 5) one,安 7 龟 疋 即 目 m ^ This fan, and the user can choose the option to use the program guide to connect to the channel

論並且顯示相關網路選項取以及相關頻道選項L ^5b中所示係提供像是圖a互動式資訊顯示勞幕㈣之 /、有一相關網路/頻道選項的一 、、、，。μ 立動式貝H不螢幕所包本 ^明«。於步驟292’—使用者選f後，節= 南可顯示一互動式資訊顯示整蓋。 螢幕之步驟，即2 9 2，可包括一互動式資訊顯示 匕括頒不一相關網路/頻道選項的步 ^步5驟284)。當所選定项目係—“時，則-相關網路/頻 =選項爲可用。於步驟286&amp;，使用者選定一相關網路選項 後’節目指南可顯示該網路的—互動式資訊顯示螢幕。於步 %286b’使用者選疋一相關頻道選項後，節目指南可顯示該 頻运的-互動式資訊顯示„。該頻道可爲承載所選定節目 (例如圖15a中之節目5)的一電視頻道。該網路可爲一加盟該 選疋節目，或者加盟承載該選定節目的—頻道之電視網路。 -互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一相關網路選項，一目前節 目選項’或者-將播節目選項。例如，如圖—中所示，互 動式資訊顯示螢幕550可包括一相關網路選項552，一目前節 目選項554，以及一將播節目選項$56與一其他使用者可選擇 選項。互動式資訊顯示螢幕5 5 0可包括視訊部分558，以下 將進一步討論。作業中，當一使用者從一節目指南顯示螢幕 --------1--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -39 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 494680 五、發明說明（37 ) 選擇像是一頻道（如所示）或者一網路的一項目時，節目指 可顯示互動式資訊顯示550。當所選定項目係一網路時，曰 動式資訊顯示螢幕550可包括一相關頻道選項，而非_相互 網路選項。當使用者選擇相關網路選項552時，節目指^關 顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕560。互動式資訊顯示螢幕5二可I 括串接先前所選定頻道（例如該頻道係一網路加盟者）的一= 視網路其一詳述，伴隨使用者可選擇選項，用以串接該網： 而運用節目指南特性。當使用者選擇目前節目選項554時 節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕562。互動式資訊顯^ 螢幕562可包括該頻道（或者如果先前選定一網路，則爲一網 路）上一目前節目的一詳述，以及使用者可選擇選項，用以 串接目t前節目而運用節目指南特性。當使用者選擇將播節目 選項5丸時’節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕564。互動 式資訊顯示螢幕562可包括頻道（或者如果先前選定一網路， d爲網路）上一將播節目的一詳述，以及使用者可選擇選 項，用以串接將择節目而運用節目指南特性。 圖16b中所示係提供像是圖16a互動式資訊顯示螢幕55〇之 具有一相關網路選項，一目前節目選項，或者一將播節目選 項的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明步驟。於步驟 292，一使用者選定一項目後，節目指南可顯示一互動式資 訊顯示螢幕。該顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕之步驟，即292， 可包括顯示一相關網路選項（選項566)，顯示一目前節目選 項（選項568)，或者顯示一將播節目選項（步驟57〇)的步驟。 即目指南可藉由決定所選定項目係一頻道，而決定相關網路 -----I-----丨裝 ---I---訂------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 線释. 40- Α7Discussing and displaying related network options and related channel options L ^ 5b are provided as shown in Figure a interactive information display /, there is a related network / channel options, 1 ,,,,. μ Included in the stand-alone display H ^ Ming «. After step 292 '-the user selects f, the section = South can display an interactive information display cover. The step of the screen, namely 2 9 2, may include an interactive information display, and the step of awarding various related network / channel options ^ step 5 step 284). When the selected item is "", then the -relevant network / frequency = option is available. At step 286 &amp; after the user selects a relevant network option, the 'program guide can display the network's-interactive information display screen After the user selects a relevant channel option in step% 286b ', the program guide can display the frequency-interactive information display. The channel may be a television channel carrying a selected program (e.g., program 5 in Fig. 15a). The network may be a television network that joins the selected program or a channel that hosts the selected program. -The interactive information display screen may include a related network option, a current program option 'or-a program option to be played. For example, as shown in the figure, the interactive information display screen 550 may include a related network option 552, a current program option 554, and an upcoming program option $ 56 and other user-selectable options. The interactive information display 5 5 0 may include a video portion 558, which is discussed further below. During operation, when a user displays the screen from a program guide -------- 1 --------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -39-Ministry of Economy Wisdom Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Property Bureau 494680 V. Invention Description (37) When an item like a channel (as shown) or an Internet is selected, the program means an interactive information display 550. When the selected item is a network, the dynamic information display screen 550 may include a related channel option instead of a mutual network option. When the user selects the relevant network option 552, the program instruction ^ OFF displays an interactive information display screen 560. The interactive information display screen 52 can include one of the previously selected channels (for example, the channel is a network affiliate) = depending on the details of the network, along with the user's choice of options to connect the Web: Instead of using program guide features. When the user selects the current program option 554, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 562. Interactive information display ^ Screen 562 may include a detailed description of the current program on the channel (or a network if previously selected), as well as user-selectable options for concatenating previous programs Instead, use program guide features. When the user selects the option 5 of the program to be broadcast, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 564. The interactive information display screen 562 may include a detailed description of the program to be broadcast on the channel (or if a network was previously selected, d is the network), and a user-selectable option for connecting the selected program to use the program Guide Features. The illustration shown in Fig. 16b provides the explanation steps included in an interactive information display screen such as the interactive information display screen 55 of Fig. 16a, which has an associated network option, a current program option, or an option to broadcast a program. In step 292, after a user selects an item, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen. The step of displaying the interactive information display screen, ie, 292, may include the steps of displaying a related network option (option 566), displaying a current program option (option 568), or displaying a upcoming program option (step 57). . The immediate guide can determine the relevant network by deciding whether the selected item is a channel ----- I ----- 丨 install --- I --- order ------ (Please read first (Notes on the back, please fill out this page) Line release. 40- Α7

--------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 B7-------- ^ --------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) A7 B7

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 擇一網頁的機备。1 m M m &amp; 钱曰如果使用者選擇聊天選項584,則節目指 可二=動式資訊顯示螢幕592。互動式資訊顯示螢幕59: 顧所選$節目的—聊天會期其部分或者完全之螢幕 ::1。目：目指南可能安裝-聊天會期應用，並且提供該 關之聊天會期的資訊1以加人或者開始。節 曰可k供使用者排定一提醒器以加入有關所選定項 一聊天會期之機會。 ^ 圖17b中所不係提供像是圖17&amp;互動式資訊顯示螢幕剔之具 罔頁選頁或者-聊天選項的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包 含（説明步驟：於步驟292,—使用者選擇一項目後，節目 指：：顯示—互動式資訊顯示勞幕。該顯示-互動式資訊顯 幂〈步驟’即步驟292 ’可包括顯示-網頁選項(步驟 600)，以及顯示一聊天選項（步驟6〇2)的㈣。該顯示一網 頁選項之步驟可包含決定—網頁選項是否可供使用者選擇的 步驟(例h:決定-所選定之節目是否具有-相關網頁位 址）。孩顯示—聊天選項之步驟可包含決定是否聊天選項是 否可用的步驟（例如：決定一強波器上是否存在一 應用）。 曰月 如果使用者選擇網頁選項，則於步驟606，節目指南可提 供使用者觀賞有關所選定項目的_網頁之機會。此可包含= 供使用者從有關所選定項目之網頁一覽表中選擇之機會。一 網站可藉由安裝一網際網路瀏覽器，並指導該網際網路瀏覽 器接收有關該節目的一網頁而顯示。可將所擷取之網頁其位 址當作供應使用者電視裝備之節目列示資料的一部分而提 -42- 丨丨丨丨 · — - — I — -訂 — — — — — — I — - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, a page for selecting a webpage. 1 m M m &amp; Qian Yue If the user selects the chat option 584, the program index may be two = dynamic information display screen 592. Interactive Information Display Screen 59: Partial or complete screen of the selected $ program-chat session :: 1. Project: The project guide may install-chat session application, and provide information about the relevant chat session 1 to add or start. The section may provide the user with the opportunity to schedule a reminder to join a chat session about the selected item. ^ What is not included in Figure 17b is an interactive information display screen with a tab page selection such as that shown in Figure 17 &amp; Interactive Information Display Screen Pick or -Chat option (instruction step: in step 292, user selection After an item, the program refers to: display-interactive information display. The display-interactive information display <step ', that is, step 292' may include a display-webpage option (step 600), and a chat option (step 6〇2). The step of displaying a web page option may include a step of determining whether a web page option is available to the user (eg, h: determining-whether the selected program has-a relevant web page address). The step of the chat option may include a step of determining whether the chat option is available (for example, determining whether an application exists on a strong wave device). If the user selects a web page option, in step 606, the program guide may provide the user to watch Opportunities for _ webpages related to the selected item. This may include = opportunities for users to choose from a list of webpages related to the selected item. An Internet browser and instructing the Internet browser to receive and display a webpage about the program. The address of the captured webpage can be used as part of the program listing data for the user's television equipment.提 -42- 丨 丨 丨 丨 · —-— I — -Order — — — — — — I —-(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（21〇 X 297公爱）This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (21〇 X 297 public love)

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 供。 役如果使用者選擇聊天選項，則於步驟608,節目指南可提 二使用，投入一聊天會期之機會（例如··顯示，加入，開 ^排疋一聊天會期的一提醒器，或者採取有關一聊天會期 〈f他動作）°可將聊天相關資料當作供應使用者電視裝備 &lt;郎目列示資料的一部分而提供予節目指南。 馬了万便，將一起討論網頁及聊天選項。這些選項可一 起，刀別，或者組合而顯示。當一使用者選擇一頻道，一網 =、，一節目群組，一節目或者一節目列示，以存取一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕時，則網頁及聊天選項爲可用。聊天相關系統 描述於DeWeese et al•美國專利申請案號〇9/356,27〇，與本發 明同時間申請，以及mHs et al•美國專利申請案號 〇9/346，134，與本發明同時間申請，此處合併藉以完整表 考。 ^ 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一狀態指示器。例如，如圖 1 8a中所示’互動式貝訊顯示榮幕344可包括一家長鎖碼狀態 指示器350。當一使用者從套裝列示顯示螢幕342選擇套裝# 2 時，節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕338。互動式資訊 顯示螢幕338可包括套裝#2的一詳述，以及含家長鎖碼選项 340之四個使用者可選擇選項。當一使用者選擇家長鎖碼選 項340時，可提供使用者輸入一個人識別碼（piN)之機會。當 輸入一有效之個人識別碼（PIN)時，節目指南可顯示互動式 資訊顯示螢幕344，其中包括互動式資訊顯示螢幕338中所顯 示之套裝# 2的相同詳述，以及相同選項。此外，互動式資 -43- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 、-----------裝--------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. If the user selects the chat option, then in step 608, the program guide can be used for the second chat session (for example, display, join, open a reminder for a chat session, or take For a chat session (other actions), the chat-related data may be provided to the program guide as part of the supply of the user's television equipment &lt; Lange listing information. As soon as possible, we will discuss web pages and chat options together. These options can be displayed together, individually, or in combination. When a user selects a channel, a network =, a program group, a program or a program listing to access an interactive information display screen, the webpage and chat options are available. Chat-related systems are described in DeWeese et al. US Patent Application No. 09 / 356,27, filed at the same time as the present invention, and mHs et al. Time to apply, combined here for a complete test. ^ An interactive information display may include a status indicator. For example, as shown in Figure 18a, the 'Interactive Beacon Display Prosperity 344 may include a home lock status indicator 350. When a user selects package # 2 from the package list display screen 342, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 338. The interactive information display 338 may include a detailed description of package # 2 and four user-selectable options including a parental lock code option 340. When a user selects the parental lock code option 340, the user may be provided with the opportunity to enter a personal identification number (piN). When a valid personal identification number (PIN) is entered, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 344, which includes the same details of package # 2 shown in the interactive information display screen 338, and the same options. In addition, the interactive asset-43- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm), ----------- installation -------- order- -------- Line (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

五、發明說明（μ 螢幕344可包括家長鎖碼選項之狀態指示器35Q。狀態 口曰以35G可指示使用者套裝#2現在爲鎖碼。狀態指示器35〇 可馬一互動式資訊顯示螢幕其詳述部分中所示資訊的一部 :。像是購買，提醒器，記綠特性之其他r&quot;指南特性的狀 怨資訊亦可提供一狀態指示器。 圖18b中所示係提供像是圖18a互動式資訊顯示螢幕Μ#之具 有狀心扎示的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明步驟。 於步驟292,-使用選定_項目後，節目指南可顯示一互動 式貝Λ顯不螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕之步驟，即 =驟292,可包含顯示一狀態指示器的步驟（步驟34〇。節目 才曰南可決疋串接一選定之節目，網路，頻道，或者套裝的某 些=目指南特性之狀態。例如，節目指南可決定一選定之節 目疋否已購買或者鎖碼。狀態指示器可整合於一互動式資訊 顯示螢幕之詳述部分。 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一重疊中之進一步選項。例 如，如圖19a中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕364可包括用以購 買一頻道的一重疊366。作業中，當一使用者從頻道列示顯 示螢幕3 5 6選擇頻道#4時，節目指南顯示互動式資訊顯示螢 幕352。互動式資訊顯示螢幕352可包括頻道料的一詳述，以 及包括購買頻道#4選項354之四個使用者可選擇選項。當使 用者選擇購買頻道# 4選項354時，節目指南可顯示互動式資 訊顯示螢幕364，其中包括頻道#4之相同詳述，以及相同的 使用者可選擇選項。此外，互動式資訊顯示螢幕364可包括 重疊366，提供用以購買頻道#4之進一步選項。例如，重疊 ---!il.----Φ 裝--------訂-----1---線脅 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -44- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 494680 A7 Β7 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 f 合 社 印 製 •、發明說明（犯） 重® 366，提供用以購買頻道#4之進一步選項。例如，重聶 366可王現予使用者用以觀賞透過電話而購買頻道#4之指人 的機會。當顯示重疊366時，可禁用使用者可選擇選項（家: f碼控制，偏好輪廓，購買頻道#4，其他使用者可選擇選 j )。當選疋其他特性（例如：偏好輪廓，家長鎖碼，提醒器 等）時，則像是重疊366的一重疊同時可提供其他選項。 圖Db中所示係提供像是圖19a互動式資訊顯示螢幕364之 具有一重疊的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之說明步驟。於 步:292, 一使用者選擇一項目後，節目指南可顯示一互動 式資訊顯示螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕之步驟，即 =驟292,可包括顯示像是一購買選項，一偏好輪廓選項， 一1己綠選項等使用者可選擇選項的步驟。於步驟357，使用 者？定-選項後，節目指南可顯示一重疊，提供用以運用所 選疋選項之進一步選項。適當時候將顯示該重疊。例如，當 一使用者選擇一調諧至頻道選項時，則不適合顯示一重疊， 因爲通常沒有運用該調諧至頻道選項可用之進一步選項。 如以上所述，一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可允許使用者使用捲 動，以存取可用但因顯示大小之限制而尚未顯示的使用者可 選擇選頁。例如，如圖2〇a中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕 可包括一箭頭371，指示使用者可（例如水平）捲動，以要求 更多使用者可選擇選項。起始時，可將一高亮度區域定位於 偏好輪廓選項370上。藉由按下一遠端控制之向右箭頭鍵（或 者其他適當之方向導覽鍵）五次，一使用者可於可用但尚未 顯π炙觀賞選項382上存取，顯示，以及定位高亮度區域。 -45- 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準（CNS)A4規格⑵〇 χ 297公髮 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 訂---- 線， 494680 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 、發明說明（43 硯貝選項382可能導致將其他選項推離顯示螢幕。年 7可指示推離螢幕之選項透過捲動仍可存取。如果： 主’則使用者可選擇選項可製作成—連鯖迴路。 :篇中所示係提供像是圖2〇a互動式資訊顯示勞 父可捲動之使用者可選擇選項的—互動式資訊顯 匕3疋說明步驟。於步躁292，—使用者選擇-項目後，汾 目指南可顯示一互動式資訊顯示勞幕。該顯示一次： ::示勞幕之步驟’即步驟292’可包括顯示像是—構；： …：：：廓選項，一記錄選項等使用者可選擇選项的步 :去決足是否有足夠顯示空間，用以顯示某些使 用者：選擇選項。於步驟381 ’節目指南決定沒有足夠 :，即目指南可提供使用者導覽可用但尚未顯示之選項 ^例如：#由提供-箭頭指示器，並允許使用者捲動 顯TF心選項）。 卜 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一節目列示選項。例如，士 圖2U中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕384可包括一節目列亍選 項386/伴隨六個其他選項（家長鎖碼選項刊。，輪靡選, 392，觀賞選項384，加至喜好選項396，套裝選項398，以及 購買選項400)。作業中，當一使用者從頻道列示顯 388選擇頻道110寺，節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕 384。互動式資訊顯示螢幕3 8 4可包括所選定頻道，即頻道 11，的一詳述，以及使用者可選擇選項384，386，39〇， 392 ’ 394，396，398 ’與400。當一使用者選擇節目列示選項 386時，料顯示包括頻道11JL之節目其—列示的顯示勞幕 -46 表紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） --------訂-----I---•線. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 494680 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（44 ) 402 圖21b中所π係^供像是圖21a互動式資訊顯示螢幕⑽之 具有-節目列示選項的—互動式資訊顯示勞幕所包本之説明 步驟。於步驟292,-使用者選定—項目後，節目指南可顧 不一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。該顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕之+ 驟，即步.請，可包括顯示一節目列示選項的步二步戰 492)。、-使用者選擇—節目列示選項後，節目指南可顯示一 所選疋項目（郎目列示(步驟512)。當節目指南決定所選定 =係-頻适’網路，或.者節目群組時，則可顯示節目列示 -互動式資訊顯示勞幕可包括—跳離選項。例如， 22a中所tf，互動式資訊顯示螢幕614 θ 心，以及三個其他料(一相關頻道選項二咖 及-輪廓選項）。互動式資訊顯示螢幕614同時可勺=上：以 定項目的-詳述。跳離選項616可例如藉由將—二-所選 定位於跳離選項616上，並按下一遠端控制鍵（^=又= 而選定。爲了響應，節目指南可讓使用者返回 '建) 圖22b中所示係提供像是圖22a互動式資訊顯1 ° 具有一跳離選項的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所、、，^ 驟。於步驟292，可顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕:艾說明步 互動式資訊顯示螢幕之步驟，即步驟292，可勺二，顯示一 離選項的步驟（步驟622)。當一使用者選定一 2提供一跳 於步驟624,節目指南可讓使用者返回觀看電视離選項時， 跳離選項而供使用者存取。例如，一預先:、、。無需顯示 / 〈遠端控制鍵 -47 表紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） Γ-----；--------------訂---------線· (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 ^4680 &amp;、發明說明（45 ) 可用以選擇跳離選项。 —互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括— 22a中所示，互動式資訊 :二選員？如’如圖 620,以及四個其他選項 乂 f 8可匕括—覽表選項 貝：―相關網路選項，以及_跳離；：：目選 向亮度區域定位於前頁選項620上，並按下二了猎由和一 如—OK鍵），而選擇前頁選項 、 逐响控制鍵（例 目指南續㈣去，， 選擇前頁選項62〇後，節 目扣南嘁使用者返回前一節目指南顯示螢幕。 ^22b中所示係提供圖仏像是互動 8 广前頁選項的-互動式資訊顯示勞幕所包Λ:: 驟292,可顯示-互動式資訊顯示勞幕：二I 互動式其訊顯示螢幕之步驟，即 /、 頁選項的步驟(步驟626)。於頁：匕括提供-前 決定是否前頁選項係可用(例：：二項：’節目指南可 ^ , 【例如决疋丽一顯示螢幕是否爲 ：；Γ 幕）。^步驟628，—使用者敎—前頁選 =郎目指南可讓使用者返回前一節目指南顯示勞幕。如 ^希頁選項可-直可用，用以讓❹者返回前一勞 幂返回觀看電視，如果有，則返回前一節目指南顯 π螢幕寺）。無需顯示前頁選項而供使用者存取。例如，一 預先決定之遠端控制鍵可用以選擇前頁選項。 如以上所述，一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可允許使用者捲動， 以存取可用但因顯示大小限制而尚未顯示之詳述資訊。例 如，如圖23a中户斤示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕63〇可包括一箭頭 632,指示使用者可（例如垂直）捲動，以要求更資訊。藉由 -48 - 本紙張尺度適财國國家標準（CNS〉A4規格（2〗〇 X 297公髮〉 --------^------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 着- 494680 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明（46 ) 按下一遠端控制之箭頭键（或者其他適當之方向導覽键），一 使用者可存取一選定項目上的更多資訊。捲動以觀賞更多資 訊可能導致將某些所示之資訊推離顯示螢幕。箭頭634可指 示：透過捲動仍然可存取推離螢幕之資訊。當資訊包括一狀 態指示器（例如見圖1 8a)時，狀態指示器可與資訊一起捲 動’或者可定位於顯示螢幕上的一固定位置。 圖23b中所示係提供像是圖23a互動式資訊顯示螢幕630之 具有可捲動之詳述資訊的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之說 明步驟。於步驟292，一使用者選擇一項目後，節目指南可 顯不一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕 之步驟，即步驟292，可包括顯示所選定項目·其一詳述的步 驟。節目指南可決定是否有足夠顯示空間可用以顯示某些詳 述貪讯。於步驟636，節目指南決定沒有足夠空間後，節目 指南可提供使用者導覽可用但尚未顯示之詳述資訊的機會 (例如：藉由提供一箭頭指示器，並允許使用者捲動整個説 明）。 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一喜好頻道選項。例如，如 圖24a中所不，互動式資訊顯示螢幕522可包括一喜好頻道選 項524，以及六個其他選項（一家長鎖碼選項528，一觀賞選 頁53〇 ‘廓選項532 ’ 一節目列示選項534，一服務套裝選 項536 ’以及-購買538)。作業中，當—使用者從節目列示 顯示螢幕526選擇頻道4時，節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示 螢幕522。互動式資訊顯示螢幕522可包括頻道4的一詳述， 以及使用者可選擇撰η。 疋伴選貞 524，528，530，532，534，536，與 __-49- 本紙張尺度適时咖冢辟（cns)A4 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) _裝--------訂i 494680 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明（47 ) 538。當一使用者選擇喜好頻道選項524時，節目指南可將所 選定頻道加至喜好頻道一覽表，並可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢 幕540。互動式資訊顯示螢幕540可包括所選定頻道之相同詳 述，並可包括像是一提醒器選項，一輪廓選項，一講買選項 等使用者可選擇選項。該詳述可包括狀態指示器529，指示 頻道4係一吾好頻道。互動式資訊顯示螢幕5 4 〇之使用者可選 擇選項可包括一從喜好移除選項542。 圖24b中所不係挺供像是圖24a互動式資訊顯示螢幕5 22之 具有吾好選項的一互動式資说顯示螢幕所包含之説明步 驟。於步驟292，一使用者選定一項目後，節目指南可顯示 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕之步 驟，即步驟292,可包含顯示一喜好選項的步驟（步驟494)。 當節目指南決定所選定之項目係選定用以存取一互動式資訊 顯示螢幕的一頻道或者一網路時，則一喜好選項可能可用。 一使用者從一互動式資訊顯示螢幕選擇一喜好頻道選項後， 於514,節目指南可於喜好頻道一覽表中增加（或者移除）該 頻道。 一網路列示的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一區域頻道選 項。例如，如圖25a中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕444可包括 一區域頻道選項426，伴隨三個其他選項（一家長鎖碼選項 450，一偏好輪廓選項452，以及一選項45 4)。作業中，合一 使用者從節目列示顯示螢幕448選擇網路f時，節目指南可顯 示互動式資訊顯示螢幕444。互動式資訊顯示螢幕444可包括 網路F的一詳述，以及使用者可選擇選項446，45〇，452，與 -50- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） —I-------------^------— ^9— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明（明） 454。區域頻道選項446可包括一顯示區域，用以識別加盟所 選疋網路F的一區域頻道。當一使用者選擇區域頻道選項446 時，節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕456。互動式資訊 ”肩示螢幕456可包括頻道X的一詳述，以及使用者可選擇選 項。 圖25b中所示係提供像是圖25a互動式資訊顯示螢幕4料之 具有一區域頻道選項的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明 步驟。於步驟292，一使用者選定一項目後，節目指南可顯 示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。該顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕之 步驟，即步驟292，可包含顯示一區域頻道選項的步驟（步驟 498)。當節目指南決定所選定項目係一網路時，則一區域頻 迢選項爲可用。於步驟518，一使用者選定一區域頻道選項 後，節目指南可顯示加盟所選定網路之區域頻道的一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕。 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一節目群組組成選項。一節 f群組可爲一套裝，一節目系列，一迷你系列，一運動系列 等。例如，如圖26a中所示，互動式資訊顯示螢幕46〇可包括 一套裝組成選項462，以及四個其他選項（一偏好輪廓選項 466，一家長鎖碼選項468，以及一購買選項4 7 〇)。作業 中，當一使用者選擇一套裝以要求資訊時，節目可顯示互動 j資訊顯示螢幕4 6 0。互動式資訊顯示螢幕46〇可包括所選 定套裝，即套裝2，的一詳述，以及使用者可選擇選項462， 466，468，470，與472。套裝組成選項462 域，用以提供像是，，套裝節目A”之文字，以：二； -----------丨 裝--------訂---------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -51 A7 B7 五 、發明說明（49 識別，其中節目A係套裝2的-組成。當-使用 =擇套裝組成選項462時，節目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯 一二幂474 ,可包括節目A的一詳述，以及像是一提醒器， 項^綠選項’一輪廓選項，一套裝選項等使用者可選擇選 圖26b中所π，互動式資訊顯示勞幕如可包括一節目群 I组成選項465,伴隨四個其他選項。作業中，當一使用者 ^擇即目群組以要求更多資訊時，節目可顯示互動式資訊 U勞幕4 6 3。互動式資訊顯示螢幕46 3可列出所選定之節 —群、且即節目群組3，之組成，以及使用者可選擇選項。 P目群、’且、’且成選項465可包括一顯示區域，用以提供像是,，節 目群組組成A之資訊”的文字。當_使用者選擇節目群組組 f選項465時，節目指南可顯示節目群組3其組成a之互動式 :貝Λ頌示螢幕467。如果希望，則互動式資訊顯示螢幕仏3可 G括節目群組組成的一可捲動一覽表，其中可選擇該節目群 組組成，用以存取所列出之節目群組組成的一互動式資訊顯 示螢幕，並且可包括像是所選定之節目群組的講買，家長等 使用者可選擇選項（例如見圖26d)。 圖26c中所示係提供像是圖26a互動式資訊顯示螢幕46〇，或 者圖26b互動式資訊顯示螢幕463之具有一節目群組組成選項 的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明步驟。於步驟292，' 一使用者選定一項目後，節目指南可顯示一互動式資訊顯示 螢幕。该顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕之步驟，即步驟M2， 可包含顯示一節目群組組成選項的步驟（步驟5〇〇)。當節目 -52- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公爱） --------t---------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ^4680 五 、發明說明（50 指南決定所選定項§ ^ 運動系列，一套裝等)時，:二群广(例如··-迷你系列，— 於步驟520’ 一使用者選定一節目二，成選項爲可用。 南可顯示-套裝组成（例如：_群·.且组成選項後，節目指 閱 -互動式資訊顯示螢幕。如果希望，’：：套裝的-部分)的 組成-覽表’用以提供使用者表中：520::含顯示 取互動式資訊顯示螢幕之機; 存 有一圖形影像的-互動式資式貝訊顯示螢幕702之具 、人， 動式貝Λ顯不螢幕所包本之$明半职 於步驟292，節目指南可顯示一广月步驟。 驟㈣，節目指南可顯示一或；二氣、-勞泰。於步 爲有關所選定之項目。圖形影像可爲可 :：：：： 該影像之資訊。 存取有關 有二視1 si - I: ^仏像疋圖16&amp;互動式資訊顯示螢幕550之具 有-麵ϋ-互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明步騍。 於步驟292,節目指南可顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。於步 驟640,節目指南可顯示一視訊。該視訊可爲一視訊剪輯， 廣播視訊等。-視訊剪輯可有關—所選定之項目（例如：視 訊剪輯可爲一節目的一視訊預覽）。一視訊剪輯可爲可選 擇，用以存取有關該視訊剪輯之資訊。一希望之視訊剪輯可 使用位於電視配送設備的一伺服器加以提供。其中提供視訊 男輯之系統描述於例如：美國專利案號5,523,796，其中此處 合併藉以冗整參考。廣播視訊可有關一選定之項目（例如： 當所選定之項目係一目前播映之節目，一網路，或者一頻道 -53 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 494680 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明（51 時，則可顯示該節目’頻道，或者 訊）。廣播視訊可能與_選定之 —縮小的影像稍 前，顯示來自使用者所觀賞之：二例广於指南出現 訊）。 ，、、、猫小的影像廣播視 圖27中所示係提供像是圖心 者圖h互動式資訊顯示勞幕138之具有 甙顯tf螢幕所包含 、互動式貝 示可包括—廣主的 於步驟292,節目指南可顯 :括廣告的—互動式資訊顯示勞幕。於斤 “可顯不相關(或無關)於所選 ▲ 即 欲顯示一無關之廣告 7廣告。例如’ 廣土循南顯不來自一預先決定之 目：同：性的：：—相關廣告可包括簡單具有和所選定項 廣止之m告。孩廣告可爲可選擇，用以存取有關該 。例如，可選擇-廣告，以顯示用以購買相 :、、,：二、選頁。用以購買相關廣告的-選項可包含將訂購 :::派送中心(直接從使用者，或者透過電視配送 T!美國聋—節目指南訂購產品之系統描述於 吴國專利申請案號09/034,939，1998年3月4曰申社，此 處合併藉以完整參考。具有產品訂購之節目指V. Description of the invention (μ screen 344 may include a status indicator 35Q for the parental lock code option. The status portrays that 35G can indicate that the user set # 2 is now the lock code. The status indicator 35koma an interactive information display screen One of the information shown in its detailed section: such as purchases, reminders, other r &quot; guide features of the green feature can also provide a status indicator. The figure shown in Figure 18b provides something like Fig. 18a The interactive information display screen M # has a step-by-step description of the interactive information display screen. After the selected item is used, the program guide can display an interactive display. The screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display screen, ie step 292, may include the step of displaying a status indicator (step 34). The program can be connected to a selected program, network, channel, etc. Or the status of certain set features of the package. For example, the program guide can determine whether a selected program has been purchased or locked. The status indicator can be integrated into the detailed section of an interactive information display screen. An interactive information display screen may include further options in an overlay. For example, as shown in FIG. 19a, the interactive information display screen 364 may include an overlay 366 for purchasing a channel. In operation, when a user When channel # 4 is selected from the channel list display screen 3 5 6 the program guide displays an interactive information display screen 352. The interactive information display screen 352 may include a detailed description of the channel material, and includes a purchase channel # 4 option 354 of four User-selectable options. When a user chooses to purchase channel # 4 option 354, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 364, which includes the same detailed description of channel # 4 and the same user-selectable options. The interactive information display screen 364 may include an overlay 366, providing further options for purchasing channel # 4. For example, overlay --- !! il .---- Φ equipment -------- order --- --- 1 --- Wire threat (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-44- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Mm) 494680 A7 Β7 Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs • Printed by the cooperative, Invention description (offender) Re-® 366, providing further options for purchasing channel # 4. For example, re-Nie 366 is now available for users to watch over the phone and Opportunity to buy channel # 4. When the display overlaps with 366, the user can choose to disable options (home: f-code control, preference profile, purchase channel # 4, other users can choose to choose j). When selected, others Features (such as: preference outline, parental lock code, reminder, etc.), an overlay like overlap 366 can also provide other options. The illustration shown in Fig. Db provides the explanation steps included in an interactive information display screen with an overlap, such as the interactive information display screen 364 of Fig. 19a. At step: 292, after a user selects an item, the program guide can display an interactive information display screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display screen, that is, step 292, may include the steps of displaying user-selectable options such as a purchase option, a preferred outline option, and a green option. At step 357, the user? After setting the option, the program guide may display an overlay providing further options for applying the selected option. The overlay will be displayed when appropriate. For example, when a user selects a tune-to-channel option, it is not appropriate to display an overlay because further options available with the tune-to-channel option are usually not used. As described above, an interactive information display screen allows users to use scrolling to access tabs that are available but not yet displayed due to display size limitations. For example, as shown in FIG. 20a, the interactive information display screen may include an arrow 371 indicating that the user can (eg, horizontally) scroll to request more users to select options. Initially, a highlight area can be positioned on the preferred contour option 370. By pressing the right arrow key (or other appropriate direction navigation key) of a remote control five times, a user can access, display, and locate the highlights on the available but not displayed viewing options 382 region. -45- This paper size applies to Zhongguanjia Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ⑵〇χ 297 public (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Binding ---- Line, 494680 A7 B7 Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the employee consumer cooperative, invention description (43 砚 Option 382 may cause other options to be pushed off the display screen. Year 7 can indicate that the option to push off the screen is still accessible by scrolling. If: Master 'then the user can choose The options can be made into a loop of mackerel .: The illustrations in this article provide interactive information display like Figure 20a, which shows that the user can scroll through the options that the user can select. The interactive information display shows the steps. Step 292, after the user selects the item, the Fenmu Guide can display an interactive information display labor curtain. This display is once: :: The step of displaying the labor curtain 'ie step 292' may include a display like-structure ;: … ::: profile options, a recording option, and other user-selectable options: to determine if there is enough display space for displaying certain users: select options. At step 381 'The program guide determines that there are not enough: , That is, the guide can provide User navigation option is available but not yet displayed, for example, the ^: # provided by - an indicator arrow, and allow the user to scroll option significant heart TF). Bu An interactive information display screen may include a program listing option. For example, as shown in Figure 2U, the interactive information display screen 384 may include a program list option 386 / accompanied by six other options (Parent Lock Code Option Magazine., Rotary Selection, 392, Viewing Option 384, Add to Favorites Option 396, set option 398, and purchase option 400). During operation, when a user selects channel 110 from the channel display 388, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 384. The interactive information display screen 3 8 4 may include a detailed description of the selected channel, namely channel 11, and the user may select options 384, 386, 39, 392 '394, 396, 398' and 400. When a user selects the program listing option 386, it is expected that the programs including the channel 11JL will be displayed. The list of displayed labor-46 sheets is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). ------ Order ----- I --- • line. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page} 494680 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 402 The π system shown in Fig. 21b is the explanation step of the interactive information display screen in Fig. 21a with the -program display option-the interactive information display labor package package. At step 292, the user selects — After the project, the program guide can disregard an interactive information display screen. The + step of the interactive information display screen, that is, step. Please, can include step two, step 492, which displays a program list option). 、 -User selection—After the program listing option, the program guide can display a selected item (lange list) (step 512). When the program guide decides that the selected = system-frequency network, or the program When grouping, you can display the program list-interactive information display screen can include-jump option. For example, tf in 22a, interactive information display screen 614 θ center, and three other materials (a related channel option Two coffee and-outline options). The interactive information display screen 614 can also be set at the same time = up: to the detailed description of the specified item. The jump option 616 can be selected by, for example, placing the-two-on the jump option 616, and Press a remote control key (^ = again = to select. In response, the program guide allows the user to return to 'build'). Figure 22b shows an interactive information display like Figure 22a. 1 ° Has a jump option An interactive information display screen, ..., step ^. In step 292, an interactive information display screen can be displayed: Ai explained the step of the interactive information display screen, that is, step 292, which can be used to display two options. Steps (step 622). When a user selects 2 Provide a jump in step 624, the program guide allows the user to return to watch the TV off option, and the jump off option is for the user to access. For example, a pre-::, .. no need to display / <remote control key -47 The paper size of the table applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Γ -----; -------------- order --------- Line (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 4680 &amp; Invention Description (45) can be used to select the jump option. — Interactive information display screen can include — As shown in 22a, interactive information: two candidates? Such as' Figure 620, and four other options 乂 f 8 can be included-list options:-related network options, and _ jump away; :: Position the brightness area on the previous page option 620, and press the two keys and the same as the -OK button, and select the previous page option, the sound control button (for example, continue to the title guide, select the previous page) After option 62, the user of the program will return to the previous program guide display. ^ 22b shows pictures provided as images of each other. Action 8: The front page option is included in the interactive information display screen Λ :: Step 292, which can be displayed-the interactive information display screen: the two steps of the interactive display screen, that is, the steps of the page options (Step 626). On the page: provide the previous page-determine whether the previous page option is available (example: two items: 'program guide is available ^, [e.g., whether the display screen of the first screen is: Γ screen). ^ Step 628, —user ’s selection — previous page selection = Langmu guide allows the user to return to the previous program guide to display the labor curtain. For example, the ^ Greek page option is available-directly available, for the user to return to the previous labor and return to watch TV, if there is, it returns to the previous program guide to display 萤 screen temple). No need to display previous page options for user access. For example, a predetermined remote control key can be used to select the previous page options. As mentioned above, an interactive information display screen allows the user to scroll to access detailed information that is available but not yet displayed due to display size restrictions. For example, as shown by the household in FIG. 23a, the interactive information display screen 63 may include an arrow 632, indicating that the user can (for example, vertically) scroll to request more information. With -48-This paper is suitable for the national standard of the country of wealth (CNS> A4 size (2) 〇X 297)> -------- ^ ------ (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again.)-494680 Printed by A7, Consumer Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (46) Press a remote control arrow key (or other appropriate direction navigation key), a user can Access more information on a selected item. Scrolling to view more information may cause some of the information shown to be pushed off the display. Arrow 634 indicates that the information pushed off the screen can still be accessed by scrolling. When the information includes a status indicator (see, for example, Figure 18a), the status indicator can be scrolled with the information 'or can be positioned at a fixed position on the display screen. Figure 23b shows an interaction like Figure 23a Interactive information display screen with scrollable detailed information in the interactive information display screen 630. In step 292, after a user selects an item, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen. . The display is an interactive information display The screen step, step 292, may include displaying the selected item, one of the detailed steps. The program guide may determine whether there is enough display space to display some detailed corruption. In step 636, the program guide determines that there is not enough After space, the program guide can provide users with the opportunity to navigate through detailed information that is available but not yet displayed (for example, by providing an arrow pointer and allowing the user to scroll through the description). An interactive information display screen can include A favorite channel option. For example, as shown in FIG. 24a, the interactive information display screen 522 may include a favorite channel option 524, and six other options (a long lock code option 528, a viewing tab 53 option). 532 'a program listing option 534, a service package option 536' and-purchase 538). In operation, when-the user selects channel 4 from the program listing display screen 526, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 522 The interactive information display screen 522 may include a detailed description of channel 4, and the user may choose to write η. 疋 伴 选 贞 524, 528, 530, 532 534, 536, and __- 49- This paper is in a timely manner Cuzukai (cns) A4 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) _Install -------- Order i 494680 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of Invention (47) 538. When a user selects the favorite channel option 524, the program guide can add the selected channel to the favorite channel list and display an interactive information display. Screen 540. The interactive information display screen 540 may include the same detailed description of the selected channel, and may include user-selectable options such as a reminder option, a contour option, and a talk option. The detail may include a status indicator 529 indicating that channel 4 is a good channel. The user-selectable options of the interactive information display screen 5 4 0 may include a remove option 542 from the preference. What is not shown in Figure 24b is the interactive information display screen 5 22 of Figure 24a. The interactive information display screen with good options includes the explanation steps. In step 292, after a user selects an item, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display screen, step 292, may include a step of displaying a preference option (step 494). When the program guide determines that the selected item is a channel or a network selected to access an interactive information display screen, a preference option may be available. After a user selects a favorite channel option from an interactive information display screen, at 514, the program guide can add (or remove) the channel from the favorite channel list. An interactive information display screen listed online can include a regional channel option. For example, as shown in FIG. 25a, the interactive information display screen 444 may include a regional channel option 426, along with three other options (a lock code option 450, a preference outline option 452, and an option 45 4). During operation, when the user selects network f from the program list display screen 448, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 444. The interactive information display screen 444 can include a detailed description of the network F, and the user can select the options 446, 45, 452, and -50. This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male) Li) —I ------------- ^ ------— ^ 9— (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 494680 Employees' Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (Ming) 454. The regional channel option 446 may include a display area for identifying a regional channel joining the selected network F. When a user selects the regional channel option 446, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen 456. The "Interactive Information" shoulder display screen 456 may include a detailed description of channel X, as well as user-selectable options. Figure 25b shows an interactive channel information display screen such as that shown in Figure 25a. The interactive information display screen includes the explanation steps. In step 292, after a user selects an item, the program guide can display an interactive information display screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display screen, step 292, can Contains the step of displaying a regional channel option (step 498). When the program guide determines that the selected item is a network, a regional frequency option is available. In step 518, after a user selects a regional channel option, the program The guide can display an interactive information display screen of the regional channels joining the selected network. An interactive information display screen can include a program group option. A group f can be a set, a program series, a mini series , A sports series, etc. For example, as shown in FIG. 26a, the interactive information display screen 46o may include a set of composition options 462 to Four other options (a preference profile option 466, a family lock code option 468, and a purchase option 4 7 0). In operation, when a user selects a set to request information, the program can display an interactive information display screen 4 6 0. The interactive information display screen 46o may include a detailed description of the selected package, namely package 2, and the user may select options 462, 466, 468, 470, and 472. The package comprises the option 462 field, which In order to provide, for example, the text of the "set of program A", to: two; ----------- 丨 installed -------- order ---------- ( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -51 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (49 Identification, of which program A is the composition of package 2. When-use = select package composition option 462, the program guide can display interaction The type information displays a power of two 474, which can include a detailed description of program A, as well as a reminder, item ^ green option 'a contour option, a set option, etc. Users can choose to select π in Figure 26b, interactive The information display can include a program group I consisting of option 465, along with four other options. When the user ^ selects the current group to request more information, the program can display interactive information. U Labor 4 6 3. The interactive information display screen 46 3 can list the selected section-group, that is, the program group. 3, the composition, and user-selectable options. The P-item group, 'and,' and the option 465 may include a display area for providing information such as ",, and the program group constitutes A information". When When the user selects the program group group f option 465, the program guide can display the interactive form of program group 3 and its component a: the screen 467. If desired, the interactive information display screen 3 can include the program group A scrollable list of groups, in which the program group composition can be selected to access an interactive information display screen composed of the listed program groups, and can include information such as the selected program group With regard to buying, parents and other users can choose options (see, for example, Figure 26d). The illustration shown in Fig. 26c provides the explanation steps included in an interactive information display screen such as the interactive information display screen 46 of Fig. 26a, or the interactive information display screen 463 of Fig. 26b with a program group composition option. In step 292, after a user selects an item, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen. The step of displaying an interactive information display screen, that is, step M2, may include the step of displaying a program group composition option (step 500).当 计划 -52- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love) -------- t ---------- (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again) ^ 4680 V. Description of the invention (50 guideline decides the selected item § ^ sports series, a set, etc.): two groups wide (for example ... mini-series, at step 520 'a user If one program is selected, the option is available. South can display-package composition (for example: _ group ·. And after the composition option, the program guide-interactive information display screen. If you want, ':: package-part) "Composition-View List" is used to provide users in the table: 520 :: includes a display and interactive information display screen; a graphic image is stored-interactive information display screen 702 with tools, people, and mobile The $ Ming half-time job included in the screen is displayed in step 292, and the program guide can display the one-month step. Steps, the program guide can display one or two; two gas,-Laotai. The step is related to the selected item The graphic image can be ::::: Information about the image. Access to the two-view 1 si-I: ^ 仏 像 疋 图16 &amp; interactive information display screen 550 has a description-step included in the interactive information display screen. In step 292, the program guide may display an interactive information display screen. In step 640, the program guide may display a Video. The video can be a video clip, broadcast video, etc.-The video clip can be related-the selected item (for example: the video clip can be a video preview of a section). A video clip can be selected for storage Obtain information about the video clip. A video clip of hope can be provided using a server located on a television distribution device. The system for providing a video male series is described in, for example, US Patent No. 5,523,796, which is incorporated here for redundancy Reference. Broadcast video can be related to a selected item (for example: when the selected item is a currently broadcast program, an Internet, or a channel -53 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 (Mm) 494680 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (at 51 o'clock, the program can be displayed Channel, or news). The broadcast video may be _selected—the reduced image is displayed a little earlier and displayed by the user: two examples are wider than the guide message). ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, and the view, the video broadcast view 27 in the small video The display system provides an interactive information display, such as the map of the heart, and the interactive display of the TF screen with the glycoside display 138. The interactive display can include-the owner's step 292, the program guide can display: including advertising-interactive Information display labor curtain. Yu Jin "may show irrelevant (or irrelevant) to the selected ▲ that is to display an irrelevant advertising 7 advertising. For example, 'Guangtu Xunnanxian does not come from a predetermined purpose: same: sexual ::-Relevant advertisements may include notices with simple and wide selections. Children's advertisements are optional and can be used to access information about that. For example, you can select -Advertisement to display the related purchase pages: ,,, ::. -The option to purchase relevant ads may include ordering ::: delivery centers (direct delivery from users, or via TV T! American Deaf-Program Guide The system for ordering products is described in Wu Guo Patent Application No. 09 / 034,939, March 4, 1998, Shenshe, incorporated here for complete reference. Programs with product orders refer to

ElllS et a1·美國專利申請案號08/428,809，1995年4月24日申 請’此處合併藉以完整參考。 一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括像是一電子郵件選項之網際 網路相關選項。例如，如圖28a中所示，互動式資訊顯示榮 幕644可包括電子郵件選項646，以及兩個其他使用者可選擇 選項。當一使用者選擇電子郵件選項046時，節目指南可顯 -54- 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐）ElllS et a1. U.S. Patent Application No. 08 / 428,809, filed April 24, 1995, &apos; hereby incorporated by reference for complete reference. An interactive information display may include internet related options like an email option. For example, as shown in Figure 28a, the interactive information display glory 644 may include an email option 646, and two other user-selectable options. When a user selects email option 046, the program guide may display -54- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

--------t---------^^1. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 五 、發明說明（52 不互動式資訊顯示螢幕648。 一 ^ —顯示6S0,用以進供一不互動式貝汛顯不螢幕6Μ可包括 項目的一位址。。羊1、笔子郵件，並將其送至有關所選定 則當選擇兩子細f知系位址自動插入顯示650。如果希望， 勞幕652，其中可勺選頁時，即目指南可顯示互動式資訊顯示 綠，-影像、，-所選定項目的-記 用者所提供的—電予郵件位：：：=…:南資料送至使 資訊顯示螢幕656, Α中可，二目W同時可顯示互動式 以傳送-電子郵件之選=不658。顯示658可包括用 字，所選定增Β 選頁，其中孩電子郵件具有有關像是文 訂 選定㈣二影：了觀賞所選定項目的授權’有關所 選0目的有，所選定項目的-視訊剪輯，有關所 之資訊。、°σ，所選足項目的節目指南資料等該選定項目 具圖有2-8b:=係提^ 步驟。:使用者2的—互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明 訊顯示勞ΐΐ 項目後’節目指南可顯示-互動式資 包本 :不—互動式資訊顯示勞幕，即步驟292,可 二：二郵件選項(步驟66〇)。顯示—電子郵件選項 一、二’〜郵件選項是否可用之步驟（例如：決定是否 、疋《郎目具有-相關之電子郵件位址）。當所選定 係-節目’ -節目列示，一頻道，一網路，)或；所f:項目 時’則-電子郵件選項爲可用。於步驟⑹ ：= 郵件選项後，節目指南可提供使用者送出—用電= 之機3。步驟622可包含顯示選項，用以送出—電子郵件， -55-本紙張尺度細悄公爱） A7 A7 B7 、發明說明（53 輯，=口 =又子，一記錄，觀賞授權，一影像，一視訊剪 629可？U、即目^南資料等有關所選定項目之資訊。步驟 件/半匕含安裝一電子郵件應用，用以準備及送出一電子郵 址^二驟（例如：顯示具有有關所選定項目其一電子郵件位 用電可將電子郵件相關資料當作供Μ 心裝即目列示資料的一部分而提供予節目指南。有 ^子郵件之節目指南描述於滅⑻说以al.美國專 :號_6,245,於此同時間申請，此處合併藉以完整: H，以及上述〈〇9/346，134。電子郵件選項可提供一特殊節 目之回授。 竹沐即 互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括_資料服務選 «。例如如圖29a中所示，互動式資訊顯示榮幕⑷可：： 貝料服務選項666’應用選項668，以及其他適當之使用者可 選擇選項。當-使用者選擇資料服務選項666時，節目指 可顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕67〇,可包括部分或者完全‘示 勞幂672 ’用以顯示來自有關所選定項目的_資料服務之資 料。當一使用者選擇應用選項668時，節目指南可顯示互動^ 資訊顯示螢幕674，其中可包括一部分或者完全螢幕顯I 6 7 6 ’用以顯示有關所選定項目的一應用。 ’' 圖29b中所不係提供像是圖29a互動式資訊顯示螢幕“A之 具有一資料服務選項的互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含之説明步 驟。於步驟292，一使用者選定一項目以要求資訊後，節目 指=可顯示-互動式資訊顯示營幕。顯示—互動B式資訊:示 榮幕可包含顯示一資料服務選項（步驟678)。顯示—資料服務 -56 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） ---------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 、發明說明（54 = 包含決 ：有關所選定項目的一資料服務是否可用。於 / I 692，一使用者選定一資料服務選項 示有關所選定項目之資料（例如：一即時股卜即主目指南顯 服務應用描述於：Knuds〇n et al·美國〉吐貝料 〇9/229,047,⑼⑷月12日申請，此處合併藉以^朱^唬 4=::::供像是圖29a互動式資訊顯示二批 二有、iC用選㈣-互動式資訊顯示螢幕所包含 ·’。於步驟292，顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包含顧二二 應用選項之步驟（步驟68〇)。顯示一應用二^不 _選定項目的一應用是否可用。於步驟682:== =應用選項後，節目指南可安裝有關所選定項目的1 用，並可顯示所執行之應用（例如顯示一視訊遊戲 : 便，、資料服務選項以及應用選項將—起討論。這些選項可一 起或者分別顯示於一互動式資訊顯示螢幕中。具有 南應用功把之節目指南系統描述於上述之〇9/346，1Μ。 ’ -互動式資訊顯示螢幕可包括一視訊選項。例如，如圖 〇0a中所$ ’互動式資訊顯示螢幕8〇2可包括一視訊選項 804,其他使用者可選擇選項，&amp;及—所選定項目的_詳 述。當一使用者選擇節目4，而從節目指南顯示螢幕8〇〇要长 更多資訊日寺，則可顯示互動式資訊顯*榮幕8〇2。當—使用 者選擇視訊選項804時，節目指南可於互動式資訊顯示_中 顯示部分或完全之螢幕顯示8〇6中的一視訊。該視訊可爲有 關所選定項目（節目5)的—視訊，或者可爲所選定項目的— 邵分。如果希望，當選定視訊選項8〇4時，節目指南可下載 -57 &lt; ^紙張尺度適用中國國家標準各（21〇χ 297公^ -----------裝--------訂-------丨—線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 494680 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製-------- t --------- ^^ 1. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 5. Description of the invention (52 Non-interactive information display screen 648. I ^ —Display 6S0, used to feed a non-interactive Bei Xun display screen. 6M can include one address of the project ... Sheep 1, pen mail, and send it to the relevant selected when you choose two sub-f The address is automatically inserted into the display 650. If you want, LAB 652, which can be selected when the page is selected, the visual guide can display an interactive information display green, -image,--the selected item-provided by the user- E-mail address: :: = ...: South data can be sent to the information display screen 656, Α, and the two items W can display interactive to send at the same time-Email option = No 658. Display 658 can include words, The selected additional B tab page, where the e-mail has relevant information such as the text of the selected second image: Authorized to view the selected item 'relevant to the selected 0 purpose, the selected item-a video clip, and relevant information. , ° σ, the program guide information of the selected foot item, etc. The selected item has 2-8b: = system steps ^. Use: 2—The interactive information display screen contains a description message showing the work program after the program guide can be displayed-interactive package book: No-interactive information display work screen, that is step 292, two: two mail options ( Step 66〇). Display—E-mail options 1 and 2 '~ steps of whether mail options are available (for example: decide whether or not, “Lang Mu has-related e-mail address). When the selected department-program'-program List, one channel, one network, or); All f: items when 'then-email option is available. After step ⑹: = mail option, the program guide can provide the user to send out — electricity = machine 3. Step 622 may include a display option for sending out—email, -55—this paper size is quiet and loving) A7 A7 B7, invention description (53 series, = 口 = 又 子, a record, viewing authorization, an image, A video clip 629 can be used for information about the selected item, such as information, information, etc. The step / half includes installation of an e-mail application to prepare and send an e-mail address ^ two steps (for example: display with For the use of one of the e-mail addresses of the selected item, the e-mail related information can be provided to the program guide as a part of the material for visual display. The program guide with sub-mails is described in ⑻ .US Special: No. _6,245, apply here at the same time, merged here for completeness: H, and the above <09 / 346,134. The email option can provide a special program feedback. Bamboo Mu is interactive information The display screen can include _data service options «. For example, as shown in Figure 29a, the interactive information display screen can be: :: service options 666 'application options 668, and other appropriate user-selectable options. When- User choice When the data service option is 666, the program means that an interactive information display screen 67 can be displayed, which may include a partial or complete 'show power 672' to display data from the _data service related to the selected item. When a user chooses to apply When option 668 is selected, the program guide may display an interactive ^ information display screen 674, which may include a partial or full screen display I 6 7 6 'for displaying an application related to the selected item.' 'Not shown in Figure 29b is like Figure 29a. Interactive information display screen "A. An interactive information display screen with a data service option. Instruction steps are included. In step 292, after a user selects an item to request information, the program indicator = displayable-interactive Information display camp screen. Display—Interactive B-type information: The display screen can include a data service option (step 678). Display—data service-56 This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) Li) --------------------- Order --------- line (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page} Ministry of Economy Wisdom Printed by Property Consumer Employee Cooperatives A 7 B7 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives, Invention Description (54 = Included: Whether a data service about the selected item is available. In / I 692, a user selects a data service option to show the selected item Information (for example: a real-time stock guide is the main guide display service application description in: Knudson et al. United States> Tubei 〇9 / 229,047, applied on the 12th of the month, merged hereby ^ 朱 ^ bl 4 = :::: For example, as shown in Figure 29a, the interactive information display has two batches, and there are options for iC-interactive information display screen. At step 292, displaying an interactive information display screen may include a step of applying options to Gu Er Er (step 68). Shows one application and two _not _ Whether an application for the selected item is available. After step 682: == = application options, the program guide can install 1 application about the selected item and can display the executed applications (such as displaying a video game: convenience, data service options and application options will be discussed together) These options can be displayed together or separately in an interactive information display screen. The program guide system with the Nan application function is described in the above 09/346, 1M. '-The interactive information display screen can include a video option. For example, as shown in FIG. 0a, the interactive information display screen 802 may include a video option 804, other users may select options, and-detailed description of the selected item. When a user selects a program 4. For more information from the program guide display screen 800, you can display the interactive information display * Rong curtain 802. When the user selects the video option 804, the program guide can be displayed on the interactive information Part of or complete display in Display_ shows a video in 806. The video can be a video about the selected item (program 5), or it can be a selected item-Shao Fen. If Greek When the video option 804 is selected, the program guide can be downloaded -57 & ^ ^ paper size applies to Chinese national standards (21〇χ 297 public ^ ----------- install ----- --- Order ------- 丨 --line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 494680 A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

A7 B7 五、發明說明（56 ) 發，可用選項(例如：選擇-記綠選項，一家長選 步私於β好選項），操需由使用者選擇一選項，而要求進一 項66 —(例如使用者*需將可用選項高亮度，並按下該選 ”勺一資料登綠鍵，以選擇該選項）。 :北二t發明之原理王要以節目指南以及節目規劃相關項目 ^同本丁以描述，但本發明不限於此。如果希望，則該項目 節，柯關項目，並且顯示這些項目之互動式應用 可爲非節目指南應用。例如，該互動式應用可爲一家庭購 =應用，而該項目可爲產品列示，當使用者選擇一所希望之 =目，則孩項目之額外資訊顯示於一互動式家庭購物資訊顯 厂、幕上此螢幕包括有關像是網際網路相關特性，家庭購 物聊天特性之類各種家庭購物特性的可選擇選項。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 岫面所述僅爲本發明之原理説明，而熟知此項技藝人士可 於不偏離本發明之範圍及精神進各種修正。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製A7 B7 V. Invention description (56), available options (for example: select-remember green option, family leader step is private to β good option), users need to select an option, and ask for 66 — (for example The user * needs to highlight the available options, and press the selected button to select the option.): The principle of the invention of the North Second is to use the program guide and program planning related items. ^ Same with Ben Ding To describe, but the present invention is not limited to this. If desired, the project section, Keguan project, and interactive applications that display these projects may be non-program guide applications. For example, the interactive application may be a home purchase = application , And the item can be displayed as a product. When the user selects a desired item, the additional information of the child item is displayed on an interactive home shopping information display factory. This screen includes information about things like Internet related Features, home shopping chat features and other optional options for home shopping features. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page.) The description above is only a description of the principles of the invention, and you are familiar with this technology Artists can make various modifications without departing from the scope and spirit of the present invention. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準（CNS)A4規格（210 X 297公釐） 494680 第88118396號專利申請案 A7 _中丈說明書修百Γ91车2 五、發明説明（_ ) 元件符號說明 91· 2. 2 2修正 補充This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 494680 Patent Application No. 88118396 A7 _Zhongzhang Manual Xiubai 91 Car 2 V. Description of the Invention (_) Component Symbols 2 2 amendments added

50, 80, 90 互動式電視卽目指南系统 52 主要設備 54 節目指南資料庫 56, 84, 94 電視配送設備 58 通訊鍵路 60 通訊路徑 61，89, 99 使用者電視裝備 62, 88, 98 強波器 64 資料庫 66 錄放影機 68 電視 70 紅外線傳送器 72 遠端控制 82, 91 伺服器 86, 93, 96 資料庫 100, 104, 106, 686, 688 節目指南顯示螢幕 102, 108 螢幕 120, 134, 138, 404 互動式資訊顯示螢幕 118，142，408，160，184，206， 228, 248, 268, 428, 700 節目列式顯示螢幕 裝50, 80, 90 Interactive TV guide system 52 Major equipment 54 Program guide database 56, 84, 94 TV distribution equipment 58 Communication link 60 Communication path 61, 89, 99 User television equipment 62, 88, 98 strong Wavelet 64 Database 66 Video Player 68 TV 70 Infrared Transmitter 72 Remote Control 82, 91 Server 86, 93, 96 Database 100, 104, 106, 686, 688 Program Guide Display Screen 102, 108 Screen 120, 134, 138, 404 Interactive information display screens 118, 142, 408, 160, 184, 206, 228, 248, 268, 428, 700 Program line display screens

玎Jingling

-59a- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐）-59a- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm)

Claims (1)

第88118396號專利♦請案 中文申请專利範圚修正本（91年2月）六、申請專利範圍 2. 3. 4. :種用以使用具有一些節目指南特性 節目指南之方法，並由^ !軔式兒視 相關瑁日 八中一使用者可觀賞一些節目規劃 /、，且其中各節目規劃相闕項目具有與該節 規劃相關項目相關聯之資訊，包含： 一 對使用者顯示至少節目規劃相關項目之一· 關二許!用者選擇該節目規劃相關項目，以存取其相 關聯足資訊；以及 =與所選定之節目規劃相關項目有關之何種節目 才曰南特性為可用； 顯不一互動式資訊顯示螢幕，包括可選擇之節目浐 南選項，用以串接所選定之節目規劃相關項目，而運用曰 可用的節目指南特性，且其包括與該選定項目相關聯 之資訊。 如申請專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該節目規劃相關 項目係一電視節目，該方法進一步包含： 對使用者顯示電視節目；以及 允許使用者選擇該電視節目，以存取與該電視節 相關聯之資訊。 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該節目規劃相 項目係一節目列示，該方法進一步包含： 對使用者顯不節目列示；以及 允許使用者選擇該節目列示，以存取與該節目列 相關聯之資訊。 如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該節目規劃相 訂 關 示 關 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ) ABCD 申請專利範圍 \目係一節目列示，該方法進一步包含： 對使用者同時間顯示複數個節目列示；以及 一允許使用者選擇節目列示之一，以存取與該節目列 示相關聯的資訊。 5·如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中所決定包括根據 與所選定之節目相關項目相關聯的資訊，而決定一些 可用之節目指南特性。 6,如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括根據與所選定之節目規劃配送項目 相關聯的資訊，而決定選項名稱。 汝申Μ專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 貝訊顯示榮幕包括顯示有關所選定之節目指南選項的 複數個子選項。 ^ 8*如申凊專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示該互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一 重疊，用以運用一選定之節目指南選項。 次申叫專利範圍第〗項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當至少選項之一可用，但因顯示大 小限制而尚未顯示時，則捲動整個選頂。 10·=申請專利範圍第！項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 ”訊顯不螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一 告。 U.如申請專利範圍第10項之方法，纟中該顯示一廣告包 括提供使用者選定該廣告之機會。 -2-Patent No. 88118396 ♦ Application for Chinese Patent Amendment (February 91) 6. Application for Patent Scope 2. 3. 4 .: A method for using a program guide with some program guide characteristics, and ^! One of the eighth high school students on the next day can watch some program plans /, and each program plan related item has information associated with that section plan related item, including: a pair of users display at least the program plan One of the related items · Guan Erxu! The user selects the related items of the program plan to access their related information; and = which programs related to the selected program plan related items are available in South China; Various interactive information display screens, including selectable program options, to link selected program planning related items, use available program guide features, and include information associated with the selected item. For example, the method of applying for item i of the patent scope, wherein the program planning related item is a television program, the method further comprises: displaying a television program to a user; and allowing the user to select the television program to access the television program related Linked information. For example, the method of applying for item No. 丨, wherein the program planning related item is a program listing, the method further includes: displaying the program listing to the user; and allowing the user to select the program listing to access and Information associated with the program. For example, the method of applying for item 1 of the patent scope, in which the program planning is related, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)) ABCD patent scope \ project is a program The method further includes: displaying a plurality of program listings to the user at the same time; and allowing the user to select one of the program listings to access information associated with the program listings. 5. The method according to item 丨 of the patent application, wherein the determination includes determining some available program guide characteristics based on information associated with the selected program-related item. 6. The method according to item 1 of the patent application range, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes determining an option name based on information associated with the selected program planning distribution item. The method of item i of the Ru Shen M patent scope, wherein displaying an interactive Beacon display glory includes displaying a plurality of sub-options related to the selected program guide option. ^ 8 * The method of claim 1 in the patent scope, wherein displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying an overlay in the interactive information display screen for using a selected program guide option. The second application is called the patent scope method, wherein the displaying of an interactive information display screen includes scrolling the entire selection when at least one of the options is available but has not been displayed due to the display size limitation. 10 · = No. Of patent application scope! Method, wherein the display of an interactive "message display screen" includes displaying a notice in the interactive information display screen. U. If the method of the scope of patent application item 10, the display of an advertisement in the screen includes providing a user selection The chance of advertising. -2- 圍範利 專請 中六 ABCD 12. t申請專利範圍第卜員之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 幕包括捲動至與選定之節目規劃相關項目 外、貝訊，遠資訊係可用但尚未顯示。 13‘ 申請專利範圍第Η之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 貝:顯π螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示榮幕中的一視 訊男輯，該視訊剪輯係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目0 14·如申請專利範圍第！項之方法，其中顯示一互動式資 訊顯不螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一影 像，該影像係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 15·如申請專利範圍第i項之方法，其中顯示一互動式資 訊顯示螢幕包括顯示選定之節目規劃相關項目的一狀 態。 16. 如申請專利範圍第1 5項之方法，其中該狀態指示是否 設足所選足之節目規劃相關項目的一提醒器。 17. 如申请專利範圍第丨5項之方法，其中該狀態指示是否 排疋所選疋之節目規劃相關項目的一記錄。 18. 如申請專利範圍第丨5項之方法，其中該狀態指示是否 購買所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 19·如申請專利範圍第丨5項之方法，其中該狀態指示是否 所選足之節目規劃相關項目列於喜好一覽表中。 20·如申請專利範圍第丨5項之方法，其中該狀態指示是否 所選定之節目規劃相關項目係家長鎖碼。 21·如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中所允許包括允許 -3- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公爱：）Wei Fanli specially invited the Sixth ABCD 12.t to apply for the scope of the patent. The method of displaying an interactive screen includes scrolling to the project related to the selected program planning, Beixun, far information is available but not yet displayed . 13 'The method of applying for the second range of patents, wherein the display of an interactive shell: the display screen includes a video male series in an interactive information display screen, the video clip is related to the selected program planning related item 0 14 · If the scope of patent application is the first! Method, wherein displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying an image in the interactive information display screen, the image being related to the selected program planning related item. 15. The method according to item i of the scope of patent application, wherein displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying a status of a selected program planning related item. 16. The method according to item 15 of the scope of patent application, wherein the status indicates whether a reminder is provided for the program planning related items of the selected foot. 17. The method according to item 5 of the scope of patent application, wherein the status indicates whether a record of a selected program planning related item is excluded. 18. The method according to item 5 of the patent application, wherein the status indicates whether to purchase the selected program planning related item. 19. The method according to item 5 of the scope of patent application, wherein the status indicates whether the selected program planning related items are listed in the preference list. 20. The method according to item 5 of the patent application scope, wherein the status indicates whether the selected program planning related item is a parental lock code. 21 · The method according to item 丨 of the scope of patent application, which includes the allowance 更用者選擇一列示。 •如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中所允許包括允許 使用者選擇顯示的一節目。 3·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中所允許包括允許 2使用者從另一互動式育訊顯示螢幕選擇一資訊選項。 .t申請專利範圍第β之方法，其中所歧之節目規 s相關項目係一電視節目。 25·::申請專利範圍第!項之方法，其中所選定之節目規 劃相關項目係一頻道。 如申清專利範圍第1項之方 々床，其中所選疋艾節目規 剑相關項目係一網路。 其中所選定之節目規 其中所選定之節目規 其中該顯示一互動式 •如申请專利範圍第1項之方法 劃相關項目係一套裝。 28·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法 劃相關項目係一節目群組。 29.如申請專利範圍第1項之 . 7 ^ ^ ,J、一 ^5L WJ 資訊顯示螢幕包括提供一姚 处雖選項，用以返回觀賞電 視。 、 3〇_ ?請專利範圍第】項之方法，其中該顯示_互動式 貝訊顯π螢幕包括提供—前頁選項，用以返回使用者 所存取的前一節目指南顯示螢幕。 儿=申請專利範圍第！項之方法，其中該顯示_互動式 資訊顯示螢|包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 頁’该選項係有關一節目指南提醒器特性。 -4 本紙張尺度適财s國家標準(CNS)^^(2i()x297公黄)More users choose a list. • The method of claim 1 in the scope of patent application, which allows the user to select a program to be displayed. 3. The method according to item 1 of the patent application scope, which includes allowing 2 users to select an information option from another interactive education display screen. .t method of applying for patent scope β, wherein the related program specification s related item is a television program. 25 · :: The method of applying for item No. of the patent scope, in which the selected program planning related item is a channel. For example, if you apply for the first item of the patent scope, the selected items related to the program program of Swords Ai are a network. Among them, the selected program specification among which the selected program specification should be displayed in an interactive manner. • If the method in the scope of patent application for item 1 is used, the related items are a set. 28. If the method of applying for the scope of the first item of the patent scope is related to a program group. 29. As for item 1 of the scope of patent application. 7 ^ ^, J, 1 ^ 5L WJ The information display screen includes an option to provide a place for returning to watch TV. 3) The method of item No. [Patent Scope], where the display_interactive Bexon display screen includes the option-previous page, to return to the previous program guide display screen accessed by the user.儿 = No. Of patent application scope! Item, wherein the display_interactive information display screen | includes displaying a tab in the interactive information display screen 'This option is related to a program guide reminder feature. -4 National Standard for Paper Size (CNS) ^^ (2i () x297) •如申請專利範圍第1項 甘A &lt; 匈4 /、又万法，其中所選定之節目姨 W相關項目係一節目， 一 且其中孩顯示一互動式資訊顯 .:勞幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一提醒器邊 ，、，用以設定該節目的一提醒器。 •如申请專利範圍第1項士 罘/、又万法，其中孩節目規劃相關 ::係-節目’且其中該顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕 !：提供—使用者可選擇之提醒器選項1以刪除I! 郎目的一提醒器。 申叫專2範圍第！項之方法，其中該節目規劃相關 :系節目且其中遠顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕 ^括提供-使用者可選擇之提醒器選項，用以修正該 節目的一提醒器。 申叫專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該節目規劃相關 Ή系-即目群組，且其中該顯示—互動式資訊顯示 螢幕包括提供-使用者可選擇之提醒器選項，用以設 疋該節目群組的一系列提醒器。 36·如申請專利範圍第η之方法，其中該節目規劃相關 項目係一節目群組，且其中該顯示一互動式資訊顯示 螢幕包括提供一使用者可選擇之提醒器選項，用以修 正該節目群組的一系列提醒器。 / 37·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯#螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示榮幕中的一選 項，孩選項係有關一節目指南家長控制特性。 38.如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 -5 本紙張尺度適财S @家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇x297公釐)• If the scope of the patent application is the first item of Gan A &lt; Hungarian 4 / and Wan Fa, in which the selected program is related to a program, and one of the children displays an interactive information display .: Labor screen includes display interaction A reminder on the information display screen is used to set a reminder for the program. • If the scope of patent application is the first one, and the program is related, which is related to the program planning of children :: Department-programs, and an interactive information display screen should be displayed !: Provide—user-selectable reminder option 1 To remove a reminder for I! Lang. Shen is called the first 2 range! Item method, wherein the program planning is related to: a program and an interactive information display screen displayed far away ^ including a user-selectable reminder option to modify a reminder for the program. The method of claiming the first item of the patent scope, wherein the program planning is related to the project group, and the display-interactive information display screen includes a user-selectable reminder option for setting the A series of reminders for program groups. 36. The method according to the patent application range η, wherein the program planning related item is a program group, and wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes providing a user-selectable reminder option to modify the program A series of reminders for the group. / 37 · If the method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive information display # screen includes an option in the interactive information display glory, the child option is related to a program guide parental control feature. 38. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the display shows an interactive -5 paper size suitable for financial @S Standards (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) 善L 6、丁勞幕包括顯不互動4資訊顯示I幕中的 長控制選項。 申叫專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 一貝訊顯示螢幕包括： .’、丁互動式貪訊顯示螢幕中的一家長控制選項；以 及 當選擇家長控制選項時，要求密碼登錄。 40·如申請㈣範圍第39項之方法，其中該顯示互動式資 訊顯不螢幕中的一家長控制選項包括根據所選定之節 目規劃相關項目其屬性而選擇家長控制。 41· t申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 貝訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項，用以允許使用者選擇所選定之節目規劃相關項目 的家長控制。 42. 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 貝訊顯不螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項’用以允許使用者移除所選定之節目規劃相關項目 的家長控制。 43. 如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項’用以允許使用者改變所選定之節目規劃相關項目 的家長控制。 44. 如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示〜互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係來 -6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 六 圍範利專請中 A B c D 訊 之 45. 如 資 項 46. 如 訊 選 關 47. 如 資 節 48. 如 資 1^· 相 49. 如 資 /r/r 即 項 50. 如 訊 節目與一頻道所組成之群組時，則顯示互動式資 顯示螢幕中的一選項，用以允許使用者設定所選定 節目規劃相關項目的家長控制。 申请專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 ’該選項係有關購買所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示互動式資 顯不螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購買 项，用以允許使用者衝動購買所選定之節目規劃相 項目。 申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購 選項，該購買選項允許使用者以電話購買所選定之 目規劃相關項目。 申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 訊顯示勞幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯*營幕中的一講 選員用以允許使用者隨選購買所選定之節目規劃 關項目。 申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示-互動式 訊顯π螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 目時’則顯*互動式資訊顯示鸯幕中的—講買選 〇 申請專利範圍第1項之方法，龙 韶-总莖 ' &gt; 其中孩顯不互動式資 顯不螢幕包括當所選定之節目招告， &lt;即目規劃相關項目係一頻 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公董1 ---Good L 6. Ding Lao curtain includes the long control option in the display or non-interactive 4 information display I screen. The method of claiming the item i of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive one-beam display screen includes:. ', A family control option in the interactive greedy display screen; and a password is required when the parental control option is selected log in. 40. If applying for the method of item 39 of the scope, the head control option in the display interactive information display screen includes selecting parental control based on the attributes of the selected program planning related item. 41 · tThe method of applying for the scope of the patent, wherein the display of an interactive Besson display screen includes an option in the interactive information display screen to allow the user to select the parental control of the selected program planning related item . 42. The method according to the scope of the patent application, wherein the displaying of an interactive Besson display includes an option in the interactive information display screen to allow the user to remove the selected program planning related items. Parental Controls. 43. The method according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying an option in the interactive information display screen 'to allow the user to change the parental control of the selected program planning related item. 44. For the method of applying for the first item in the scope of patent application, wherein the display to the interactive information display screen includes when the selected program planning related items are -6- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 (Mm) Sixty-five Fan Li special request in AB c D 45 of the news. Such as the capital 46. Such as the election 47. Such as the capital 48. The capital is 1 ^ · phase 49. The capital / r / r is the 50 When a group of news programs and a channel is displayed, an option in the interactive asset display screen is displayed to allow the user to set parental control of the selected program planning related items. The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying an option in the interactive information display screen ′ This option is related to the purchase of the selected program planning related items. The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the display of the interactive information display screen includes a purchase item in the interactive information display screen to allow the user to impulse purchase the selected program planning phase item. The method of applying for the first item of patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes a purchase option in the interactive information display screen. The purchase option allows the user to purchase the selected project by phone to plan related items. The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes displaying an interactive information display * a screen selector is used to allow users to purchase selected program planning related items on demand. The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the display-interactive information display π screen includes when the selected program planning related items are one item, then the "interactive information display screen" on the screen-speak buy election 0 patent application The method of the first item of the scope, Long Shao-Total Stem '&gt; Among them, the non-interactive information display screen of the child display includes when the selected program is announced, &lt; the related items of the project plan are a frequency paper standard applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 Public Director 1 --- 494680 六 申請專利範圍 A8 B8 C8 D8494680 VI Scope of patent application A8 B8 C8 D8 道時，則顯示互動式货訊顯示螢幕中的一購買選項。 51.如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示^動&amp;資 訊_ 7F螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一套 裝時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購買選項。 52·如申請專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該顯示互動式資 訊顯示螢幕包括： ” 顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購買選項；以及 允許使用者輸入用以元成購買所需的一購買碼。 53. 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示二互動式 貝訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一講 買選項，該購買選項允許使用者取消所選定之節目規 劃相關項目的一講買需求。 54. 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一加 至喜好選項。 55. 如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項，該選項允許將一頻道之節目規劃相關项目設定成 一喜妤頻道。 56·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項’該選項允許將其一頻道之節目規劃相關项目從直 好頻道中移除。 ϋ 57.如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 -8- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐） A8 B8 C8In the channel, a purchase option in the interactive cargo news display screen is displayed. 51. The method according to item 丨 of the patent application scope, wherein the display ^ motion & information _ 7F screen includes a purchase option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related items are installed. 52. The method according to item i of the patent application scope, wherein the interactive information display screen includes: "" Displaying a purchase option in the interactive information display screen; and allowing the user to enter a purchase required for the purchase 53. For the method according to the first item of the patent application scope, wherein the display 2 interactive Besson display screen includes a buy option in the interactive information display screen, the purchase option allows the user to cancel the selected program plan The demand for one-item purchase of related items. 54. For example, the method of applying for the scope of patent application item 丨, wherein displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying a plus to preference option in the interactive information display screen. The method of item 1, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes an option in the display of the interactive information display screen, which allows a program planning related item of a channel to be set as a magpie channel. 56. If the scope of patent application The method of item 1, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying the interactive information An option on the display screen 'This option allows the program planning related items of one of its channels to be removed from the direct channel. 如 57. If the method of applying for the scope of the first item of the patent application, which shows an interactive -8- this Paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210 X 297 mm) A8 B8 C8 貝訊顯7F螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項’該選項係有關使用者偏好輪廓。 58.=申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一偏 好輪廓選項，該偏好輪廓選項提供根據所選定之節目 規劃相關項目其屬性而控制偏好輪廓設定的機會。 59· ^申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一 ^動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一偏 好輪廓選項，該偏好輪廓選項提供設定偏好輪廓設定 之機會。 60. ^申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 貝訊顯不螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一偏 好輪廓選項，該偏好輪廓選項提供移除偏好輪廓設定 之機會。 61·如申请專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一偏 好輪廓選項，該偏好輪廓選項提供改變偏好輪廓設定 之機會。 62. 如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當節目規劃相關項目係一節目時， 則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關使用者偏好輪廓的 一選項。 63. 如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當節目規劃相關項目係一頻道時， -9- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐）The Bexun 7F screen includes an option in the interactive information display screen, which is an outline of the user's preference. 58. = The method of applying for item No. 丨, wherein displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying a preference outline option in the interactive information display screen, the preference outline option provides attributes based on the selected program planning related item And control the chance of preference contour setting. 59. ^ The method of applying for item No. 丨 in the patent application, wherein the display of a mobile information display screen includes a preferred contour option in the interactive information display screen. The preferred contour option provides an opportunity to set a preferred contour setting. 60. The method of applying for item No. 丨 in the patent application, wherein displaying an interactive Beacon display screen includes displaying a preferred contour option in the interactive information display screen, and the preferred contour option provides an opportunity to remove the preferred contour setting. 61. The method of claim 1 in which the interactive information display screen includes a preferred contour option in the interactive information display screen. The preferred contour option provides an opportunity to change the preferred contour setting. 62. The method of claim 1 in the patent application, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes an option for displaying an outline of a user's preference in the interactive information display screen when the program planning related item is a program. 63. If the method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the interactive information display screen includes when the program planning related project is a channel, -9- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 裝 D8 六、申請專利範圍 則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關使用者偏好輪廓的 一選項。 64. 如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯7F螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 節目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關所選定之 節目規劃相關項目之其他演出的一選項。 65. 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 節目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關所選定之 節目規劃相關項目其一特定其他演出的一選項。 66·如申請專利範圍第之方法，其中該顯示二互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括： 當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節目時，則顯示 互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目其一特定其他演出的一選項；以及 顯TF该特足之其他演出的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 67·如申請專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括： 當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節目時，則顯示 互動式資訊顯TF螢幕中有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目其一特定其他演出的一選項；以及 顯不包含其他演出一覽表的一資訊顯示螢幕，該等 其他演出係作為個別選項。 68·如申請專利圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 -10- 本紙張尺度適财目g家標準(UNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) W4680 A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範園 資訊顯示螢幕包括： 田所選足之節目規劃相關項目係一節目時，則顯示 互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目之其他演出的一選項； 顯示包含其他演出一覽表的一資訊顯示螢幕，該等 其他演出係作為個別選項；以及 允許使用者導覽可用但尚未顯示之其他演出。 69·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括： 當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節目時，則顯示 互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目之其他演出的一選項；以及 顯示具有作為個別選項之其他演出一覽表，同時具 有其他演出中一高亮度者之資訊的一互動式資訊顯示 螢幕。 …” 70·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括： 當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節目時，則顯示 互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目之其他演出的一選項； 顯示具有其他演出一覽表的一資訊顯示螢幕，嗜等 其他演出係作為個別選項；以及 顯示其他演出中之所選定者的一互動式資訊顯示營 -11 - 本紙張尺度適财a g家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21G χ 297公釐）Install D8 6. Scope of patent application It displays an option on the interactive information display screen about the user's preferred contour. 64. If the method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive information display 7F screen includes when the selected program planning related item is a program, the interactive information display screen displays the selected program plan An option for other shows of related projects. 65. If the method of applying for item No. 丨, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes when the selected program planning related item is a program, displaying the interactive information display screen related to the selected program planning Project is an option for a specific other performance. 66. The method of claiming a patent scope, wherein the display two interactive information display screens include: when the selected program planning related item is a program, displaying the interactive information display screen related to the selected program planning related item An option for a specific other performance; and an interactive information display screen showing other performances of the TF that are special. 67. The method according to item i of the patent application scope, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes: When the selected program planning related item is a program, displaying the selected program in the interactive information display TF screen Planning an option for a specific other performance of a related project; and an information display screen that does not include a list of other performances, which are provided as individual options. 68. If the method of applying for patent No. 1 item, which shows an interactive -10- this paper size suitable financial standards g family standard (UNS) A4 specifications (210X297 public love) W4680 A8 B8 C8 D8 patent application park information The display screen includes: When the selected program planning related item of Tian Tianzu is a program, an interactive information display screen displays an option about other performances of the selected program planning related item; an information display screen containing a list of other performances is displayed , These other shows are available as individual options; and allow users to navigate other shows that are available but not yet displayed. 69. The method of claim 1 in the patent application range, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes: When the selected program planning related item is a program, displaying the interactive information display screen regarding the selected program plan An option for other shows of related projects; and an interactive information display screen showing a list of other shows as individual options, as well as information for a highlighter in other shows. … ”70. If the method of the scope of patent application is the first, wherein an interactive information display screen includes: When the selected program planning related item is a program, the interactive information display screen displays the information about the selected item. An option for other performances related to program planning; an information display screen with a list of other performances, other performances as individual options; and an interactive information display camp-11 showing selected persons in other performances The paper size is suitable for financial standards (CNS) Α4 size (21G x 297 mm) 裝 訂Binding 71· t申凊專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 f訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係二 =目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關所有其他 節2演出的一選項，該等其他節目演出具有和所選定 心節目規劃相關項目相同的標題。 72. ^申請專利範圍第j項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係二 即：時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關同—選定 《節目規劃相關項目之所有其他演出的一選項。、 73_ ::申請專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示勞幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係二 二：组時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示營幕中有關所 目演出的-選項，該等其他節目演出係所選定 &lt;郎目規劃相關項目的一部分。 74. ?請專利範圍第”頁之方法，其中該顯示一 ;訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中有關;己 錄所選疋《節目規劃相關項目的—選項。 ’ 资：：專:二”1項之方法’其中該顯示-互動式 絲：.一螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的—記 : '項’當選擇孩記錄選項時，則指導一錄放 錄所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 。 76‘ =申^專利範圍第】項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 ::，-、不螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示 ㈣項’㈣㈣記錄㈣時’則指導—電視配送設 本纸張尺度適用中顯冢標準(CNS)域格 -12- 備上的一視訊記錄裝置記錄所選定之節目規劃相關項 目。 苁2申請專利範圍第J項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 =訊顯7F螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一記 %選員，當選足該記錄選項時，一區 存裝置記錄所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 信 78·如申請專利圍第！項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 f訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 /目時則顯7F互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一記錄選 項，用以記錄所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 79· ΐ申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 f訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 80 =目群组時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的—記綠 選項，用以記錄所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 ?請專利範圍第丄項之方法’其中該顯示 :貝訊顯示勞幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的一選 二用以安排所選定之節目規劃相關項目的記錄。 •:申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示—互動式 貝訊顯不榮幕包括gg+ j .之、 U已括顯π互動纟資訊顯示螢幕中的 員，用以刪除所排定對所選定之節、 記錄。 ，㈡巩剜相關項目的 82.如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其 資訊顯示螢幕包括不—互動式 實抬·顯不互動式資訊顯示螢 項，用以修正所排定對所選定 勺-遠 ㈡祝釗相關項目的 13 83. 呑己錄。 如申請專利筋圍楚 、 資訊顯示螢幕勺括a“万法’纟中孩顯示-互動式 目前播陕之St所選定之㈣劃相關項目係-即目時，則顯示互動式資訊 一選項，用w h从 、史本T的 84. 如申-專財5來所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 々申-專利範圍第i項之方 資訊顯示螢蓋七k ^ ^ 互動式 項，該選項示互動式資訊顯示榮幕中的一選 目群組。有關所選定之節目規劃相關项目的-節 85. 如申請專利範圍第！項之方法，其中該顧示 資訊顯示螢慕白紅A &gt;N 互動式 節目系列的―部八二之節目規劃相關項目係- 的一郎目群組選項。 瓦幕宁 86. :申：專利範圍^項之方法…該顯示 ^訊顯示辣包括t所選定之節目規劃式 :你!'列的-部分時，則顯示互動式資訊顯； 的一郎目群組選項。 幕中 87. :申請專利範圍第η之方法，其中該顯示_ =不勞幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係二 -節目群组選項。…動式&gt;訊顯示榮幕中的 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係： 套裝的一部分時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一 -14- 88. 申 \ 六 圍範利專 請 A BCD 節目群組選項。 89 » , ’：申請專利範圍第1項之方法’其中該顯示-互動式 二訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 郎目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目群組 ，項，用以存取一節目群組的一互動式資訊顯示螢 如幕，該節目群組係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 •=申請專利範圍第！項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 頻道時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目群組 ，項」^以存取一節目群組的一互動式資訊顯示螢 幕忒節目群組係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 L如申请專利範圍第！項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節 目群組選項，用以存取一節目群组的一互動式資訊顯 不螢幕，該節目群組包含所選定之節目規劃相關項 目。 92· 2申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節 目群組選項，iil以顯示節目群組的一覽表，該節目‘ 組包含所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 93· t申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 貝訊顯7F螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節 :群組選項’用以存取一套裝的一互動式資訊顯示螢 幕，該套裝包含所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公菱）71 · The method of claiming item 1 of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive f-message display screen includes the display of all other sections in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related items are two = projects. 2 An option for performances that have the same title as the selected program related to the selected program. 72. ^ The method of applying for item j in the scope of patent application, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes when the selected program planning related items are two, that is: Hours, then the interactive information display screen is related to the same—select the "program An option to plan all other shows for related projects. 73_ :: Method of applying for item i of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes when the selected program planning related item is 22: group, the interactive information display camp screen -Show options-these other show performances are part of the selected Lange Planning related project. 74. Please refer to the method on the "page of the patent scope", in which the display one; the information display screen includes the interactive information display screen; the selected option of "program planning related items" has been recorded. Two "1 item method" where the display-interactive wire: a screen includes the interactive information display screen—note: 'item' When the child recording option is selected, it guides the program planning of a selected recording Related items. . 76 '= The method of applying for the scope of the patent] item, in which the display of an interactive type ::,-, without the screen including the display of interactive information display item "㈣㈣REC㈣㈣" is a guide—TV distribution sets the paper size A video recording device on the China Display Takamatsu Standard (CNS) domain grid-12- is used to record the selected program planning related items.苁 2 The method of applying for item J of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive = 7F screen of the display includes a% selection in the interactive information display screen. When the recording option is selected, a zone stores the device record. Selected program planning related items. Letter 78 · If you apply for a patent! Method, wherein the display of an interactive f-message display screen includes a recording option in the 7F interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is one / item to record the selected program plan Related items. 79 · 方法 The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive f-message display screen includes when the selected program planning related item is an 80 = project group ', then the interactive information display screen- The green option is used to record the selected program planning related items. The method of item No. 专利 of the patent scope is ‘wherein the display: the Beacon display labor screen includes displaying one of the two interactive information display labor screens to arrange the records of the selected program planning related items. •: The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, in which the display-interactive Beixun display screen includes gg + j., U has displayed the members of the π interactive 纟 information display screen to delete the scheduled pair Selected sections, records. 82. For the method related to item No. 丨 of the scope of patent application, the information display screen includes non-interactive real lifting and non-interactive information display screen items to modify the schedule for the selected spoon. -13 Yuan Yuan Zhu Zhao related projects 83. Ji Jilu. For example, if you apply for patents, the information display screen includes a "Wan Fa's" display in the middle of the child-the interactive program currently selected by St. Shaanxi-related projects-that is, the interactive information option is displayed, Use wh from, Shi Ben T's 84. Rushen-Zhuancai 5 to select the program planning related items. Yishen-Patent Scope Item i shows information on the screen 7 k ^ ^ interactive items, this option shows Interactive information display of a group of items in the glory. Sections related to the selected program planning-Section 85. For the method of applying for the scope of the patent! Item, where the information display shows Momo White Red A &gt; N interactive program series ―Ministry of Eighty-two Program Planning Related Projects-Ichiromu group options. Wamening 86 .: Application: Patent Scope ^ Method ... The display ^ news display includes the selected by t Program planning type: You! When the-part of the column is displayed, the interactive information display is displayed; the Ichiromu group option. In the scene 87 .: The method of applying for patent scope No. η, where the display _ = not working curtain includes when Selected program planning related items are two-section Project group options .... Dynamic &gt; Information display method such as the scope of patent application in the glory screen, where the display information display screen includes when the selected program planning related items are: part of the package, it is displayed 1-14-88 in the interactive information display screen. 88. Application \ Six Fan Fanli specially asked A BCD program group options. The display screen includes when a selected program planning related item is Ichime, a program group in the interactive information display screen is displayed. An item is used to access an interactive information display screen of a program group. The program group is related to the selected program planning related item. • = Method of applying for patent scope item No.!, Wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes a display when the selected program planning related item is a channel. A program group in the interactive information display screen, item "^ to access an interactive information display screen of a program group. The program group is selected Program planning related projects. L such as the scope of patent application! Item, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying a program group option in the interactive information display screen for accessing an interactive information display screen of a program group, the program group including Selected program planning related items. 92.2 The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying a program group option in the interactive information display screen, and iil displays a list of program groups, and the program 'group includes Selected program planning related items. 93 · tThe method of applying for the scope of the first item of the patent, wherein the display of an interactive Bexon 7F screen includes a section of the interactive information display screen: Group option 'for accessing a set of interactive information displays Screen, this package contains the selected program planning related items. -15- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 male diamond) 4·如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢 目群組選項，用以顯示套裝的_覽表，該 選足之節目規劃相關項目。 95. 如申请專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相 節目群組時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕 群組組成選項，用以存取所選定之節目規 其一組成的資訊。 96. 如申凊專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相 套裝時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的 組成選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相 節目組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 97·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相 套裝時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的 組成選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相 頻道組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 98.如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相 節目系列時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕 群組組成選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規 其一節目組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 -16 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 示一互動式 幕中的一節 套裳包含所 示一互動式 關項目係一 中的一節目 劃相關項目 示一互動式 關項目係一 一節目群組 關項目其一 示一互動式 關項目係一 一節目群組 關項目其一 示一互動式 關項目係一 中的一節目 劃相關項目4. The method according to item 丨 of the scope of patent application, wherein the display information display screen includes an interactive information display screen group option for displaying the package list, the selected program planning related items. 95. As for the method of applying for the first item in the scope of patent application, wherein the display information display screen includes an interactive information display screen group composition option when the selected program planning phase program group is selected to access the selected information Information about one of the program's specifications. 96. The method of claiming item 1 of the patent scope, wherein the display information display screen includes, when the selected program planning package is included, the composition options in the interactive information display screen are displayed for displaying the selected program planning An interactive information display screen consisting of programs. 97. The method according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the display information display screen includes a composition option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning phase set is used to display the selected program planning phase. An interactive information display made up of channels. 98. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the display information display screen includes an interactive information display screen group composition option when the selected program is planning a program series, and is used to display the selected program specifications. An interactive information display screen consisting of one program. -16 This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) A section in an interactive curtain is shown, which contains an interactive program shown in the first section of the program The interactive program is a program group program. The interactive program is a program group program. The interactive program is a program program related program. 99. 如申請專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 迷你系列時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目 群組組成選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關頊目 其一節目組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 100. 如申請專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 運動系列時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目 群組組成選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目 其一節目組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 101·如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電 子郵件選項。 102·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電 子郵件選項，用以將電子郵件送至有關所選定之節Z 規劃相關項目的一位址。 103·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電 子郵件選項，用以送出至少部分所選定之節目規劃相 關項目的一記錄副本。 104.如申請專利範圍第！項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電 子郵件選項，用以送出觀賞所選定之節目規劃相關項 -17- 本紙張中國國家標準(CNS) M規格(2lGX297公董) 494680 A8 B8 C8 申請專利範圍 目的授權。 105. 如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互 貝訊顯螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的 子郵件選項，用以送出來自所選定之節目規劃相 目的一影像。 106. 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示營幕中的 子郵件選項，用以送出有關所選定之節目規劃相 目的一視訊剪輯。 1〇7.如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的 子郵件選項，用以送出有關所選定之節目規劃相 目的一商品。 108·如申請專利範圍第！項之方法，其中該顯示一互 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的 子郵件選項，用以送出有關所選定之節目規劃相 目的節目指南資訊。 應.如申請專利範圍第η之方法，纟中該顯示一互 資訊顯示勞幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的 授選項。 ⑽如申請專利範圍第1項之方法丨中該顯示一互 資訊顯示勞幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示榮幕中的 料服務選項，用以存取有關所選定之節目規劃相 目的一資料服務。 動式 -- 關項 動式 -- 關项 動式 -- 關項 動式 -- 關項 動式 一回 動式 一資 關項 -18、99. For the method of applying for item i of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes the display of a program group in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a mini series. Option to display an interactive information display screen consisting of one of the programs associated with the selected program plan. 100. For the method of applying for item i of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes displaying a program group in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a sports series. Option to display an interactive information display screen consisting of a program of the selected program planning related item. 101. The method according to item 丨 of the patent application scope, wherein displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying an email option in the interactive information display screen. 102. The method of claim 1 in the patent application range, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes an email option in the interactive information display screen for sending an email to the selected section Z planning related The site of the project. 103. The method of claim 1 in the scope of patent application, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying an email option in the interactive information display screen to send a record of at least some selected program planning related items Copy. 104. If the scope of patent application is the first! Method, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying an e-mail option in the interactive information display screen for sending out viewing of the selected program planning related item -17- Chinese National Standard (CNS) for this paper Specification (2lGX297 public director) 494680 A8 B8 C8 Application for patent scope purpose authorization. 105. The method according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the displaying a mutual information display screen includes a sub-email option in an interactive information display screen for sending an image from a selected program plan object. 106. The method according to the scope of patent application, wherein the display of a mutual information display screen includes a sub-email option in the interactive information display screen for sending out a video clip related to the selected program plan. 107. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the display of a mutual information display screen includes a sub-email option in the interactive information display screen for sending a product related to the selected program planning object. 108 · If the scope of patent application is the first! Item, wherein the displaying a mutual information display screen includes displaying a sub-mail option in the interactive information display screen for sending program guide information about the selected program plan. Yes. According to the method in the patent application scope n, the display of a mutual information display screen includes displaying the options in the interactive information display screen. ⑽If the method of applying for the first item in the scope of patent application 丨 the displaying a mutual information display screen includes displaying the data service options in the interactive information display screen, which is used to access a data service related to the selected program planning phase. Movable-Off-Move Movable-Off-Move Dynamic-Off-Move Dynamic-Off-Move Dynamic One-turn Mobility D8 六、申請專利範圍 111·如申請專利範圚笛 次 圍罘1項又方法，其中該顯示一互動式 貝訊顯不營墓句紅 _ 項、 括顯717互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 :選擇j選項，以執行有關所選定之節目規劃相關 項目的一應用。 112. 如申請專利筋圚筮 ，欠 ㈣靶圍仲員〈方法，其中該顯示_互動式 貝訊顯7F螢幕包括顯 、 石’不互動式資訊顯不螢幕中的一聊 天選項。 113. 如申請專利筋圍笛、、 靶阗罘1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資，顯示勞幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的一聊 天、員，用以加入有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的 一聊天會期。 114. 如申凊專利範圍第1項 甘占…敕 _ 万法，其中該顯示一互動# '貝訊顯示勞慕肖私虛ί- . 蛍幕已括顯不互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一聊 有關所叙之節目規劃相關項目的 一聊天會期。 115. 如申請專利範圍第1項 也 — 貝 &lt; 万法，其中該顯示一互動式 女㈣，田' ^ 式資訊顯示勞幕中的—聊 ,, Μ關所選疋〈節目規劃相關項目 的一聊天會期其一提醒器。 關目 116·如申請專利範圍第丨項之 弁中该顯不一互動式 賀訊顯TF螢幕包括顯示互動式 、貝W顯7JT螢幕中的一锢 際網路選項，用以存取有 ^ 項目的一網頁。 々日關 117.如申請專利範圍第1項之古、、土 . κ万法，其中該顯示一互動式 -19- 494680 A8 B8 C8D8 VI. Scope of patent application 111 · If you apply for a patent, you can use the method of encircling one item. Among them, one of the interactive Beixun Xianbuying tomb sentence red _ item, including one of the 717 interactive information display screen Select: Select the j option to execute an application related to the selected program planning related item. 112. If you are applying for a patent, you should opt for the target method, where the display_interactive Bexon display 7F screen includes a non-interactive information display, a chat option on the screen. 113. If the method of applying for a patent for the sirens, targets, etc., wherein the display of an interactive resource, the display of the labor screen includes displaying an interactive information display of a chat, staff in the labor screen, to join the selected A chat session for program-related projects. 114. If you apply for the first item in the scope of patents, you will be able to occupy ... 敕 _ Wanfa, which should show an interactive # '贝 讯 更新 劳慕慕 私 私 虚-. The screen has shown one of the non-interactive information display screens A chat session about the related program planning related items. 115. If the scope of the patent application is also the first item—Beijing &lt; Wanfa, which shows an interactive son-in-law, Tian '^ style information display in the curtain-chat ,, Μguan selected 疋 <program planning related items One reminder during a chat session. Related Item 116 · If the patent application scope of item 丨, the display of the interactive Hexun display TF screen includes an interactive Internet option on the 7JT screen, which is used to access the Internet. A web page for the project. 々 日 关 117. For example, the ancient, ancient, and ancient .kappa method of the scope of patent application, which shows an interactive -19- 494680 A8 B8 C8 資訊顯示勞幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的 際網路選項，用以顯示有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目的網頁一覽表。 m.如申請專利範圍第β之方法，丨中該顯示_互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示榮幕中的一視 訊選項，用以顯示一視訊剪輯。 119·如申請專利範圍第〗項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的一視 訊選項，用以顯示有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的 一視訊剪輯。 U0.如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示—互動式 資訊顯π螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一視 訊選項，用以將有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一 視訊男輯下載至區域儲存體。 121.如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一1 訊選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一部 分。 &quot; 122·如申請專利範圍第i項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關项目係一 節目時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一相關頻道 選項，用以顯示演出所選定之節目規劃相關项目的一 頻道其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 123.如申请專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示_互動式 -20- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) ' ^^----The information display screen includes an Internet option in the interactive information display screen to display a list of web pages related to the selected program planning related item. m. According to the method of the patent application scope β, the display_interactive information display screen includes a video option in the interactive information display screen for displaying a video clip. 119. The method according to the scope of patent application, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying a video option in the interactive information display screen to display a video clip related to the selected program planning related item . U0. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the display-interactive information display screen includes a video option in the interactive information display screen, which is used to display a video male about the selected program planning related items. Download to local storage. 121. The method of claiming scope of patent application, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying an option in the interactive information display screen for displaying a part of the selected program planning related items. &quot; 122 · The method of item i of the patent application range, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes when the selected program planning related item is a program, then display a related channel option in the interactive information display screen , An interactive information display screen for a channel showing program-related items selected for the show. 123. The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the display_interactive -20- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) ^^ ---- 裝 訂Binding 494680494680 8 8 8 A B c D 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 節目時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的一相關網路 選項，用以顯示演出所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一 網路其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 124. 如申請專利範圍第卜頁之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示勞幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係― 頻道時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的—目前節目 選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目上所示的 一目前節目其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 125. 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 網路時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一目前節目 選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目上所示的 一目前節目其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 126. 如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 頻道時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一將播節目 選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目上所示的 一節目其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 127. 如申请專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係— 網路時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一將播節目 選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目上所示的 一節目其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 -21 -8 8 8 AB c D The information display screen includes when the selected program planning related item is a program ', then an interactive information display in the interactive information display screen is displayed to display the program planning related item selected for the performance. An interactive information display on. 124. If the method of applying for the second page of the patent scope, wherein displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying the current program option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a channel, An interactive information display screen for displaying a current program shown on a selected program planning related item. 125. For the method of applying for item No. 丨, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying a current program option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a network, An interactive information display screen for displaying a current program shown on a selected program planning related item. 126. If the method of applying for item No. 丨 of the patent application, wherein the displaying of an interactive information display screen includes displaying an upcoming program option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a channel, An interactive information display screen for displaying a program shown on the selected program planning related item. 127. If the method of the scope of patent application is the first, wherein the display of an interactive information display screen includes when the selected program planning related item is the Internet, an option of an upcoming program in the interactive information display screen is displayed , Used to display an interactive information display screen of a program shown on the selected program planning related item. -twenty one - AS B8AS B8 •二請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 =虱顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係〆 各時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的〜區域頻道 2貝1以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關積目的一區域 1 盟者頻道其一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 129.t申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示—互動式 具訊顯示勞幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一 免、道時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的—節目列示 選項，用以顯示排定於所選定之節目規劃相關項目上 顯示的節目一覽表。 ’、 130· t申請專利範園第丨項之方法，其中該顯示—互動式 資訊顯示勞幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關境目係一 網路時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的—節目列示 選項，用以顯示排定於所選定之節目規劃相關項目上 顯示的節目一覽表。 ” 131·如申請專利範圍第1項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係^ 頻道時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一調諧至頻 道選項。 132·如申請專利範圍第131項之方法，其中該顯示一調諧 至頻道選項包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一音 樂頻道時，則將調諧至頻道選項更名。 133·如申請專利範圍第丨項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關项目係一• The method of item 1 of the patent scope, wherein the display of an interactive = lice display screen includes when the selected program planning related items are each, the interactive information display ~ 2 channels of the regional channel 1 To display an area related to the selected program plan, an interactive information display screen of the 1 Alliance Channel. 129.t The method of applying for the first item of the patent scope, wherein the display-interactive information display display screen includes displaying the program in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a free program. List options to display a list of programs scheduled to be displayed on the selected program planning related items. The method of item 130 of the patent application park, where the display-interactive information display screen includes the display of the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related environment is a network- The program listing option is used to display a list of programs scheduled to be displayed on the selected program planning related items. 131. The method according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein displaying an interactive information display screen includes displaying a tune to channel option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a ^ channel. 132. The method according to item 131 of the scope of patent application, wherein the displaying a tune to channel option includes renaming the channel option when the selected program planning related item is a music channel. 133. If the scope of patent application is The method of item 丨, wherein the displaying an interactive information display screen includes when the selected program planning related item is a 裝 η 22- 494680 A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 即目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一觀賞選 項’用以觀賞所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 134.如申請專利範圍第〗項之方法，其中該顯示一互動式 資訊顯示勞幕包括當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係_ 將播節目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示榮幕中的_調令皆 至頻道選項’用以調諧至將展示所選定之節目規劃相 關項目的一頻道。 m 一種用以於一電視系統中提供互動式資訊顯 方法，包含： 提供-使用者選擇多重節目規^目關項目之_ 存取與該項目相關聯的資訊之機會；以及 顯示包括與-所選定項目相關；之資訊，且包括使 、 勒式貝訊顯示螢幕，並中 逐使用者可選擇之超連結係連至具 /、 關項目之資訊的其他資訊顯示勞^ :目規劃相 關項目係與該選定項目不相同但相關：:茨即目規劃相 U6·如申請專利範圍第I%項之方法， ^ —'步包本· 提供各種特性； 決定何特性可供串接所選定之節目規 運用；以及 關，、目而 提供資訊顯示螢幕中所選定之節 決定之特性。 ㈢規劃相關項目的 137·如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進— 提醒器選項，其可從互動式資訊顯 2含提供一 ^玄幕中選擇，用 -23- 以串接所選定之節目規劃相關項目而運用一節目指南 提醒器特性。 曰 咖·如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包括提供— 觀賞選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示勞幕中選擇，用以 串接所選定之節目規劃相關項目而運用。 139·如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包含提供一 頻聽選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選；，用： 串接所選定之節目規劃相關項目而運用一傾聽特性。 140. 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包本提供— 調错至頻道選項，其可從互動式資#顯示^幕中、選 擇’用以串接所選定之節目規劃_項目而 諧至頻道特性。 ^ 141. 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進—步包含提供— 家長控制選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示勞幕;選擇， 用以_接所選定之節目規劃相關項目而運用一 制特性。 长控 142. 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進—步包各提供— 賭買選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示勞幕中選n: 串接所選定之節目規劃相關項目而運用_講冒特性 143. 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進—步包含提供^ 其他頻道/時間選項，其可從互動式資訊顯:慕 f擇’用以串接所選定之節目規劃相關項目而運用— 節目指南其他頻道/時間特性。 144. 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進—步包含提供— -24-Installation η 22- 494680 A8 B8 C8 D8 Patent Application Scope At the moment, a viewing option ′ in the interactive information display screen is displayed to watch the selected program planning related items. 134. The method according to the scope of patent application, wherein the displaying of an interactive information display screen includes displaying the _ tune in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related project is _ will broadcast the program. Let the Go to Channel option 'be used to tune to a channel that will display the selected program planning related items. m A method for providing interactive information display in a television system, including: providing-a user selects multiple program rules ^ items related to the project _ access to information associated with the project; and display includes and- Information related to the selected item; and other information displays including the use of the Lexicon display screen and the user-selectable hyperlinks to connect to the information of the related items ^: Project planning related items Not the same as the selected item but related :: Umbrella planning phase U6 · If the method of applying for the item I% of the scope of patents, ^-'step package book · Provide various characteristics; Decide what characteristics are available for concatenation of the selected program The use of rules; and the characteristics provided by the selected section in the information display screen. ㈢Planning of related projects 137 · If the method of applying for the scope of patent No. 135, enter-reminder option, which can be selected from the interactive information display 2 provides a ^ mysterious screen, use -23- to concatenate the selected A program guide reminder feature is used for program planning related items. The method of applying for item 135 of the patent scope further includes providing a viewing option, which can be selected from an interactive information display screen for use in connection with the selected program planning related items. 139. The method according to item 135 of the scope of patent application, further comprising providing a frequency listening option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen; use: to connect the selected program planning related items and use a listening feature. 140. If the method of applying for the scope of the patent No. 135, further package provides-Debugging to the channel option, which can be selected from the interactive information # display ^ screen, and used to link the selected program planning_project and harmony To channel characteristics. ^ 141. If the method of applying for the scope of patent application No. 135, further includes providing-parental control options, which can display labor from interactive information; choose to use one system to connect to selected programs related to program planning characteristic. Long control 142. If you apply for the method of item 135 in the scope of patent application, each of the step-by-step packages provides a bet-buy option, which can be selected from the interactive information display laborer n: concatenate the selected program planning related items and use _ Talking about the characteristics 143. If the method of applying for the scope of the patent No. 135, further includes providing ^ other channel / time options, which can be displayed from the interactive information: Mu select to link the selected program planning related items And use — program guide for other channel / time characteristics. 144. If the method for applying for item 135 of the scope of patents, further includes providing— -24- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 申請專利範圍 決足所選定之節目規劃相關項目是否為一頻道；以及 提供一將播節目超連結，其可從互動式資訊顯示螢 幕中選擇，用以顯示頻道上的一將播節目其/互動式 資訊顯示螢幕。 ^ 151·如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包含提供一 網頁選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以 顯示有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一網頁。 152. 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包含提供一 聊天會期選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇， 用以顯不有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一聊天會 期。 153. 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包含提供一 電子郵件選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇， 用以起草送至相關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一電 子郵件訊息。 154. 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包含於互動 式資訊顯π螢幕内顯示一狀態指示器，用以提供所選 足之節目規劃相關項目的狀態資訊。 155·如申请專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包含： 提供所選定之節目規劃相關項目的選項；以及 於互動式資訊顯示螢幕内顯示該選項。 156·如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包含： 提供所選定之節目規劃相關項目的選項； 顯示該選項之某些選項；以及 -26 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公楚了This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). The scope of patent application depends on whether the selected program planning related item is a channel; and it provides a hyperlink to the broadcast program, which can be displayed from interactive information. Screen selection, used to display a channel / interactive information display screen of a show on the channel. ^ 151. The method according to item 135 of the patent application scope further includes providing a web page option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to display a web page related to the selected program planning related item. 152. The method of claim 135 further includes providing a chat session option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to display a chat session related to the selected program planning related item. 153. The method of claim 135 further includes providing an e-mail option that can be selected from the interactive information display screen to draft an e-mail message sent to the selected program planning related project. 154. The method according to item 135 of the patent application scope further includes displaying a status indicator on the interactive information display screen to provide status information of the selected program planning related items. 155. The method of claim 135, further comprising: providing an option for the selected program planning related item; and displaying the option on an interactive information display screen. 156. If the method of applying for item 135 of the patent scope further includes: providing an option for the selected program planning related item; displaying some of the options; and -26 This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specifications ( 210X297 is clear 申請專利範Patent application 捲動以顯示其他選項。 157.如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步包含提供一 節目列示選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇， 用以串接所選定之節目規劃相關項目而運用一節目浐 南節目列示特性。 曰 如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進—步包含提供一 跳離選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選二，用^ 跳離互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 乂 包含提供一 選擇，用以 159.如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進一步 則頁選項，其可從互動式資訊顯示螢幕中 返回使用者所存取的前一螢幕。 〇·如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進—步包 關所敎之節目規劃相關項目的資訊。°捲動有 脱如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，進—步包 加至喜好選項’其可從互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇 Γ串接所敎之節目規劃相_目而運用—喜好特 ’進—步包含提供一 顯示螢幕中選擇，用 關項目的一節目其一 其中#亥資訊顯示螢 162·如申請專利範圍第135項之方法 節目超連結，其可從互動式資訊 以顯示有關所選定之節目規劃相 互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 163·如申請專利範圍第1 3 5項之方法 幕包括一圖形影像。 其中該資訊顯示勞 164·如申請專利範圍第Π5項之方法， -27· 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公爱) 中 A BCD 像^柘有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一圖形影 165·如申社 幕包π寻利範圍第135項之方法，其中該資訊顯示登 t括一圖形影像，可選擇以存取圖形影像的一互動 , 貝訊顯示螢幕。 166,如申^ 主零 一同專利範圍第135項之方法，其中該互動式 167 :不鸯幕包括視訊。 幕勹a專利範圍第135項之方法，其中該資訊顯示榮 168·如有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的廣播視訊。 幕勹π專利範圍第135項之方法，其中該資訊顯示榮 169·如包^有關一使用者先前所觀賞视訊之廣播視訊。 一申叫專利範圍第135項之方法，其中該資訊顯示螢 幕包括一視訊剪輯。 •=申請專利範圍第135項之方法，其中該資訊顯示勞 幕包括有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一視訊剪 輯。 一申叫專利範圍第13 5項之方法，其中該資訊顯示營 幕包括一視訊剪輯，用以提供所選定之節目規劃相關 項目的一預覽。 172· t申請專利範圍第135項之方法，其中該資訊顯示螢 皋包括一視訊剪輯，可選擇用以存取該視訊剪輯的一 互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 Π3.如申請專利範圍第Π5項之方法，其中該互動式資訊 顯示螢幕包括一廣告。 -28 - 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 494680Scroll to display additional options. 157. The method of claim 135, further comprising providing a program listing option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen, and used to link a selected program planning related item and use a program of the Southern Program. List properties. For example, if the method of applying for the item No. 135 of the patent application, the step further includes providing a jump option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen, and ^ to exit the interactive information display screen.乂 Contains a choice for 159. If the method of patent application scope No. 135, further page options, it can return from the interactive information display screen to the previous screen accessed by the user. 〇 · If you are applying for the method in item 135 of the patent scope, you will further include information about the relevant program planning items. ° Scrolling has a method that is different from the 135th in the scope of patent application, and the step-by-step package is added to the preference option 'It can be used from the interactive information display screen to link the program planning phase of the _ project and use-preferences 'Procedure—Provide a selection of display screen, use one of the programs of the relevant item, one of them # 海 信息 设计 屏 162. If the method of patent application No. 135, program hyperlink, it can display relevant information from interactive information. Interactive program information display screen of the selected program. 163. The method according to item 135 of the scope of patent application includes a graphic image. The information shows that 164. If the method of applying for patent No. Π5, -27. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public love) A BCD image ^ 柘 About the selected program planning A graphic image of a related project 165. The method of item 135 in the profit-seeking range of the Shenshe Screen, wherein the information display includes a graphic image, and can be selected to access an interactive graphic image, which displays the screen. 166, such as the application of ^ main zero together with the scope of the patent No. 135, where the interactive 167: does not cover the screen including video. Act No. 135 of the patent scope of Act 勹 a, in which the information shows Rong 168. Such as the broadcast video about the selected program planning related items. The method of item 135 of the scope of the patent of Muji, wherein the information shows that Rong 169 is a broadcast video related to a video previously watched by a user. One application is called the patent scope method 135, wherein the information display screen includes a video clip. • = Method 135 of the scope of patent application, where the information display laborer includes a video clip of the selected program planning related item. One application is called the method of patent scope No. 135, wherein the information display camp includes a video clip to provide a preview of the selected program planning related items. 172 · The method of applying for item 135 of the patent scope, wherein the information display screen includes a video clip, and an interactive information display screen that can be selected to access the video clip. Π3. The method of claim Π5, wherein the interactive information display screen includes an advertisement. -28-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 494680 A B c D 174.如申請專利範圍第135項之方法，其中該互動式資訊 =不勞幕包括有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的二廣 175·=請土利範園第135項之方法’其中該資訊顯示螢 幕^括=廣告，可選擇以存取該廣告的一互動式資 顯示螢幕。 ’、各 目 176. -種具有—些節目指南特性之互動式電視節目指南系 統’其中-使用者可觀賞一些節目規劃相關項目，且 其中各節目規劃相關項目具有與該節 相關聯之資訊，包含： 视 一使用者電視裝備，用以至少部分實行一互動式電 即目指南，其中該使用者電視裝備係配置用以對使 至：一節目規劃相關項目’配置用以允許使 =孩郎目規劃相關項目’以存取相關聯之資訊 二置用以決定何節目指南特性可供串接所選定之節 j相關項目而運用’並進一步配置用以顯示一互 式,' 訊顯示勞幕，其中包括可選擇之節目指南選項 即 資 二！Ϊ所選定之節目規劃相關项目而運用可用的 訊。曰争性’且其中包括與該選定項目相關聯之 相 177·二：第176項之系統，其中該節目規劃 f用視印目，孩使用者電視裝備係進-步 置用㈣使用者顯示該電視節目’並允許使用者選 该電視節目’以存取與該電視節目相關聯之資訊。、 29- 本纸張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) 494680 A B CD 六、申請專利範圍 178.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該節目規劃相 關項目係一節目列示，該使用者電視裝備係進一步配 置用以對使用者顯示該節目列示，並允許使用者選擇 該節目列示，以存取與該節目列示相關聯之資訊。 179·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該節目規劃相 關項目係一節目列示，該使用者電視裝備係進一步配 置用以對使用者同時間顯示複數個節目列示，並允許 使用者選擇該節目列示之一，以存取與該節目列示相 關聯之資訊。 180.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以根據與所選定之節目規劃相關項目相 關聯的資訊，而決定節目指南特性之可用數目。 18L如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以根據與所選定之節目規劃相關項目相 關聯的資訊，而決定該選項之名稱。 182. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者裝備 係配置用以顯示有關所選定之節目指南選項的複數個 子選項。 183. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用電視裝 備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一重疊， 其中包括複數個子選項，用以運用一所選定之節目指 南選項。 184·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當至少一選項可用，但因顯示大小限 -30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 494680 A B c D 六、申請專利範圍 制而尚未顯示時，則捲動整個選項。 185. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一廣 告。 186. 如申請專利範圍第185項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以提供使用者選擇該廣告之機會。 187. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以捲動至與所選定之節目規劃相關項目 相關聯的資訊，該資訊係可用但尚未顯示。 188. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一視訊 剪輯，該視訊剪輯係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目° 189. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一影 像，該影像係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 190. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視裝 備係配置用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一狀 態。 191. 如申請專利範圍第1 9 0項之系統，其中該狀態指示是 否設定所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一提醒器。 192. 如申請專利範圍第190項之系統，其中該狀態指示是 否排定所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一記錄。 193. 如申請專利範圍第190項之系統，其中該狀態指示是 -31 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐） 7&quot;+ΌδυAB c D 174. If the method of applying for the scope of the patent No. 135, where the interactive information = non-working screen including the two Guangxi 175 related to the selected program planning related projects 175 = = the method of No. 135 of the Tuoli Fanyuan The information display screen includes an advertisement, and an interactive information display screen that can be selected to access the advertisement. '、 Each item 176.-An interactive TV program guide system with some program guide features' Among them-users can watch some program planning related items, and each of the program planning related items has information associated with the section, Including: viewing a user's television equipment for at least partially implementing an interactive instant visual guide, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to enable: a program planning related item 'configuration to allow use = child Relevant projects are planned to access the associated information. Two sets are used to determine which program guide characteristics are available for concatenation of the selected section j related projects. And further configured to display an interactive type. , Which includes selectable program guide options for two!运用 Use available news for selected program planning related items. "Suggestive" and it includes the phase 177 · 2: The system of item 176, which is associated with the selected item, wherein the program plan f is used for visual printing, and the user's television equipment is advanced-for user display. The television program 'and allows the user to select the television program' to access information associated with the television program. 29- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public love) 494680 AB CD VI. Application scope of patent 178. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, the program planning related items are a Program listing. The user television equipment is further configured to display the program listing to the user and allow the user to select the program listing to access information associated with the program listing. 179. If the system of patent application No. 176, wherein the program planning related items are a program listing, the user television equipment is further configured to display multiple program listings to the user at the same time, and allow the user Select one of the show listings to access information associated with the show listing. 180. The system of claim 176, wherein the user television equipment is configured to determine the available number of program guide characteristics based on information associated with the selected program planning related item. 18L The system according to item 176 of the patent application scope, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to determine the name of the option based on the information associated with the selected program planning related item. 182. The system of claim 176, wherein the user equipment is configured to display a plurality of sub-options related to the selected program guide option. 183. For the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the use of television equipment is configured to display an overlay in an interactive information display screen, which includes a plurality of sub-options for using a selected program guide option. 184. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to be used when at least one option is available, but because of the display size limit -30 297 mm) 494680 AB c D 6. When the patent scope system is applied but not yet displayed, scroll through the options. 185. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display an advertisement in an interactive information display screen. 186. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 185, the user's television equipment is configured to provide the user with the opportunity to select the advertisement. 187. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to scroll to information associated with the selected program planning related items, the information is available but not yet displayed. 188. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a video clip in the interactive information display screen, the video clip is related to the selected program planning related items ° 189. Such as The system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an image in an interactive information display screen, and the image is related to the selected program planning related item. 190. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, the user television equipment is configured to display a status of the selected program planning related items. 191. If the system for applying item No. 190 of the patent scope, the status indicates whether to set a reminder for the selected program planning related item. 192. In the case of applying for the system of item 190, the status indicates whether a record of the selected program planning related item is scheduled. 193. If you apply for the system of item 190, the status indication is -31-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 7 &quot; + Όδυ 口、講買所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 194.如申凊專利範圍第190項之系統，其中該狀態指示所 選足之節目規劃相關項目是否列於喜好/覽表。 195·如申請專利範圍第190項之系統，其中該狀態指示是 否為家長鎖碼。 196.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以允許使用者選擇一列示。 197·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以允許使用者選擇所顯示的一節目。 裳 例·如申請專利範圍第176項之系㉟，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以允許使用者從另一互動式資訊顯示 幕中選擇一資訊選項。 ^ 其中所選定之節目 其中所選定之節目 其中所選定之節目 其中所選定之節目 其中所選定之節目 199·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統 規劃相關項目係一電視。 200.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統 規劃相關項目係一頻道。 201·如申請專利範圍第1?6項之系統 規劃相關項目係一網路。 202·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統 規劃相關項目係一套裝。 203·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統 規劃相關項目係一節目群組。 204·如申請專利範圍第η6項之系 八Τ该使用者電视 裝備係配置以提供一跳離選項，用以返回觀賞電视。 -32- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐） A8 B8 C8 —---------- D8 :、申請專利範圍 2〇5·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置以提供一前頁選項，用以返回使用者所存 取的前一節目指南顯示螢幕。 206·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 頁’違選項係有關一節目指南提醒器特性。 207. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中所選定之節目 規劃相關項目係一節目，且該使用者電視裝備係配置 用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一提醒器選項，用 以設定該節目的一提醒器。 208. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該節目規劃相 關項目係一節目，且其中該使用者電視裝備係配置以 提供一使用者可選擇提醒器選項，用以刪除該節目的 一提醒器。 209·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該節目相關項 目係一節目，且其中該使用者電視裝備係配置以提供 一使用者可選擇提醒器選項，用以修正該節目的一提 醒器。 210·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該節目規劃相 關項目係一節目群組，且其中該使用者電視裝備係配 置以提供一使用者可選擇提醒器選項，用以設定該節 目群組的一系列提醒器。 211·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該節目規劃相 關項目係一節目群組，且其中該使用者電視裝備係配 -33 - 494680 A8 B8 C8Oral, talk-buy selected program planning related items. 194. The system according to claim 190 of the patent scope, wherein the status indicates whether the selected program planning related items are listed in the preferences / list. 195. The system of item 190 of the scope of patent application, wherein the status indicates whether it is a parental lock code. 196. The system of claim 176, wherein the user television equipment is configured to allow the user to select a list. 197. The system of claim 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to allow the user to select a program to be displayed. Example: For example, the scope of patent application No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to allow the user to select an information option from another interactive information display. ^ The selected program among them The selected program Among the selected programs Among the selected programs Among the selected programs Among the selected programs 199. If the system of patent application No. 176 is planned, the related project is a television. 200. The system related to the patent application scope item 176 is a channel. 201 · If the system of patent application scope Nos. 1 to 6 is related to the planning of a network. 202. The system planning related items such as the scope of application for patent No. 176 are a set. 203. The system related to item 176 of the scope of patent application is related to a program group. 204. If item η6 of the scope of patent application is applied, the TV equipment of the user is configured to provide a jump-off option for returning to watching TV. -32- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) A8 B8 C8 ----------- D8: 、 Applicable patent scope 205 · If patent application scope No. 176 System, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to provide a previous page option for returning to the previous program guide display screen accessed by the user. 206. The system according to item 176 of the patent application scope, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a tab in the interactive information display screen. The violation is related to a program guide reminder feature. 207. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the selected program planning related item is a program, and the user's television equipment is configured to display a reminder option in an interactive information display screen for setting A reminder for the show. 208. For a system applying for item 176 of the patent scope, wherein the program planning related item is a program, and wherein the user's television equipment is configured to provide a user-selectable reminder option to delete a reminder of the program Device. 209. If the system of claim 176 applies, the program related item is a program, and the user's television equipment is configured to provide a user-selectable reminder option to modify a reminder of the program. . 210. If the system of claim 176 is applied for, the program planning related item is a program group, and the user television equipment is configured to provide a user-selectable reminder option for setting the program group. Set of reminders. 211. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the program planning related items are a program group, and the user's TV equipment is matched -33-494680 A8 B8 C8 用以修正該節目群 置以提供一使用者可選擇提醒器 組的一系列提醒器。 212·=Π範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 -備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項’孩選項係有關一節目指南家長控制特性。 213.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕 控制選項。 本衣 214·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視裝備 係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的一家長控制選 項’並配置用以當選擇家長控制選料，則要求密碼登 錄。 215·如申請專利範圍第214項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一家長 控制選項，其中包括根據所選定之節目規劃相關項目 其屬性而選擇家長控制。 ' 216.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的—選 項，用以允許使用者選擇所選定之節目規劃相關項目 的家長控制。 217·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項’用以允許使用者移除所選定之節目規劃相關項目 的家長控制。 -34- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐)A series of reminders to modify the program group to provide a user-selectable reminder group. 212 · = Π system of item 176, in which the user's TV-backup is configured to display an option ′ in the interactive information display screen, and the child option is related to a program guide parental control feature. 213. The system of claim 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display interactive information display control options. 214. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a parental control option in the interactive information display screen, and configured to select parental control material selection, then Require password to login. 215. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 214, the user's television equipment is configured to display a parental control option in an interactive information display screen, which includes selecting a parent based on the attributes of the selected program planning related item control. '216. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display the-option in the interactive information display screen, to allow the user to select the parental control of the selected program planning related items . 217. If the system of patent application No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen 'to allow the user to remove the parental control of the selected program planning related items . -34- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X297 mm) 裝Hold 六、申請專利範圍 218.如申請專利範圍第n6項 裝備係配置用顯示的中的二：，其中該使用者電視 e w哪、 T 7 ^貝’用以允許使用者改 變所選足之節目規劃相關項目的家長㈣。 m如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項’用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係來自由一節 目與頻II:所組成的一群组肖，則允許使用者設定所 選定之節目規劃相關項目的家長控制。 220.如巾4專利a m第176項之系、统，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顧示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項’该選項係有關購買所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 221.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購買選 項’用以允許使用者衝動購買所選定之節目規劃相關 項目。 222·如申請專利範圍第}76項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購買 選項，用以允許使用者藉由電話購買所選定之節目規 劃相關項目。 223·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購買 選項，用以允許使用者隨選購買所選定之節目規劃相 關項目。 224·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 -35- 冬贰張尺复適用中蓖m家標隼(CNS) Μ規格(210X 297公爱：） 49468( A BCD 、申請專利範圍 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購買選項。p 225.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一頻 道時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購冒選項^ 226·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一套 裝時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購冒選項。 227·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一購冒 選項，以及配置用以允許使用者輸入完成購買所需的 一講買碼。 228. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一鱗買 選項，用以允許使用者取消所選定之節目規劃相關項 目的一購買需求。 # 229. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中一加至豈 好選項。 ° 230·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的〜選 項，用以允許將一頻道之節目規劃相關項目設定成一直 好頻道。 231·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 -36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐） 494680 A8 B8 C8 _____ D8_ 六 、申請專利範圍 &quot; 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項，用以允許將一頻道之節目規劃相關項目從喜好頻道 中移除。 232. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕的一選項， 该選項係有關使用者偏好輪廊。 233. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一偏好 輪廓選項，用以提供根據所選定之節目規劃相關項目 其屬性而控制偏好輪廓設定的機會。 234. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一偏好 選項’用以提供設定偏好輪廓設定之機會。 235. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一偏好 輪廓選項，用以提供移除偏好輪廓設定之機會。 236. 如申请專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一偏好 輪廓選項’用以提供改變偏好輪廓設定之機會。 237·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以當節目規劃相關項目係一節目時，則 顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項，該選項係有關 使用者偏好輪麻。 238.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 •37- 本紙張尺度適用中@國家鮮(CNS) Μ規格㈣χ撕公复) 494680 ABCD 六、申請專利範圍 裝備係配置用以當節目規劃相關項目係一頻道時，則 顯示互動式貝訊顯示螢幕中的_選項，該選項係有關 使用者偏好輪廓。 239. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項，該選 項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的其他演出。 240. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項，該選 項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目其一特定的其他 演出。 241. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項，該選 項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目其一特定的其他 演出’且配置用以顯示該特定之其他演出的一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕。 242·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項，該選 項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目其一特定的其他 演出’且配置用以顯示包含其他演出一覽表的一互動 式資訊顯示螢幕，其中該其他演出一覽表係作為個別 -38- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)6. Scope of patent application 218. If the item n6 of the scope of patent application is the second one of the display for configuration: where the user's television, ew, T 7 ^ 'is used to allow the user to change the program plan of the selected foot. Parents of related projects. m The system according to item 176 of the patent application scope, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen 'for when the selected program planning related items are from a program and frequency II : A group of Xiao, which allows the user to set the parental control of the selected program planning related items. 220. For example, the system and system of item 176 of the patent 4m, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to show an option in the interactive information display screen. The option is related to the selected program planning related purchase. 221. The system according to item 176 of the patent application scope, wherein the user's television equipment is used to display a purchase option in the interactive information display screen 'to allow the user to impulse purchase the selected program planning related item. 222. The system of item 76 of the scope of patent application, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a purchase option in an interactive information display screen to allow the user to purchase the selected program plan related by phone project. 223. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display a purchase option in an interactive information display screen to allow the user to purchase the selected program planning related items on demand . 224. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, where the user TV-35- Dongzhi Zhang rule compound is applicable to Chinese castor standard (CNS) M specifications (210X 297 public love :) 49468 (A BCD, The equipment for the scope of the patent application is configured to display a purchase option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program. P 225. If the system for the scope of patent application No. 176 is used, The TV equipment is configured to display a purchase option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a channel ^ 226. Such as the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, where the user The television equipment is configured to display a purchase option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a package. 227. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, the user television The equipment is configured to display a purchase option in the interactive information display screen, and is configured to allow the user to enter a purchase code required to complete the purchase. 228. If applying for a special The system of item 176 of the profit scope, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a scale buying option in the interactive information display screen to allow the user to cancel a purchase demand of the selected program planning related item. 229. If the system of the scope of patent application is No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display the one-to-one option in the interactive information display. ° 230 · If the system of scope of the patent application No. 176, The user's television equipment is configured to display the ~ option in the interactive information display screen to allow the program planning related items of a channel to be always set to a good channel. 231. If the system for the scope of patent application number 176, The user's TV-36- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 x 297 mm) 494680 A8 B8 C8 _____ D8_ VI. Patent application scope &quot; Equipment is configured to display interactive information display An option on the screen allows you to remove a channel ’s program planning related items from your favorite channels. 232. The system of item 176 in which the user ’s television equipment is configured to display an interactive information display screen is an option related to user preferences. 233. If the system of item 176 in the scope of patent application, The user's television equipment is configured to display a preference profile option in the interactive information display screen, to provide an opportunity to control the preference profile setting according to the attributes of the selected program planning related item. 234. If the scope of a patent application The system of item 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a preference option 'in the interactive information display screen' to provide an opportunity to set a preference profile setting. 235. For the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display a preference contour option in the interactive information display screen to provide an opportunity to remove the preference contour setting. 236. For example, the system of claim 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a preference profile option in the interactive information display screen, to provide an opportunity to change the preference profile setting. 237. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen when the program planning related item is a program, the option is related to the use Those who prefer round hemp. 238. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, in which the user's TV • 37- This paper size is applicable @ 国 鲜 (CNS) Ｍ㈣㈣χ 撕 公 复) 494680 ABCD When the program planning related item is a channel, the _ option in the interactive Besson display screen is displayed. The option is related to the user's preference outline. 239. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program, the option is Other performances related to the selected program plan. 240. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program, the option is One specific other performance related to the selected program planning related item. 241. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program, the option is A specific other performance related to the selected program planning related item 'and an interactive information display screen configured to display the specific other performance. 242. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the user television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program, the option is A specific other performance related to the selected program planning related item 'and configured to display an interactive information display screen containing a list of other performances, wherein the other performance list is an individual -38- This paper standard applies Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 243·如申請專利範圍第I76項之系 裝備係配置用以當所選定之八中孩使用者電视 時J顯不互動式資訊顯#螢幕中的m淫 =:Γ選定之節目規劃相關項目的其他演二 ;用以：示其他演出一覽表的一互動式資訊 二=演出一覽表係作為個別選項，且配置用以 用者導覽可用，但尚未顯示之其他演出。 24《如申請專利範圍第 μ # 固禾Κ系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項，該選 項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的其他演出，且 配置用以顯示一互勤式杳却添；-&amp; # 勁式貝訊顯不螢幕，其中具有作為 個:J選項之其他演出一覽表，以及具有該其他演出中 一向：¾度者的資訊。 245. 如申請專利範圍第m項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時，則顯7F互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項，該選 項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的其他演出，配 置用以顯示一互動式資訊顯示螢幕，其中具有作為個 別選項 &lt; 其他演出一覽表，且配置用以顯示該其他演 出中所選定者的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 246. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 -39- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐）243. If the item No. I76 of the scope of patent application is equipped with equipment that is configured to display the non-interactive information display when the selected eight middle-aged user's TV #m In the screen =: Γ selected program planning related items The other performances are used to display an interactive information list of other performances. The performance list is used as an individual option, and is configured for user navigation for other performances that are available but not yet displayed. 24 "If the patent application scope is μ # Guhe K system, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to when the selected program planning related item is a program ', then an option in the interactive information display screen is displayed, which The options are other performances related to the selected program planning related items, and are configured to display an interactive service;-&amp;# Jinshibeixun display screen, which has a list of other performances as a: J option , And information about those who have always been in: ¾ degrees. 245. If the system of item m in the scope of patent application is applied, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the 7F interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program, the option Other performances related to the selected program planning related item, configured to display an interactive information display screen, which has individual options &lt; other performance list, and is configured to display an interaction of the selected person in the other performance Information display screen. 246. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176 is applied, the user's television equipment is configured to be selected when the relevant program planning is related to the section -39- This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 六、申請專利範圍 目時則顯不互動式資訊顯TF榮幕中的一選项，該選 項係有關具有相同標題以作為所選定之節目規劃相關 項目的所有其他節目演出。 247·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項，該選項 係有關與所選定之節目規劃相關項目相同的所有其他 演出。 248·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目群組時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選項， 該選項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目其一部分的 所有其他節目演出。 249.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 項，該選項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目的記 錄。 250·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當選擇指導一錄放影機記錄所選定之 節目規劃相關項目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中 的一記錄選項。 251.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，·其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當選擇指導一電視配送設備上的—視 訊記錄裝置記錄所選定之節目規劃相關項目時，則顯 -40- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 申請專利範圍 示互 252.如申 裝備 錄所 顯示 253·如申 裝備 目時 用以 254. 如申 裝備 目群 項， 255. 如申 裝備 項， 256. 如申 裝備 項， 記錄 257. 如申 裝備 項， 記錄 動式貝訊顯示螢幕中的一記綠選項。 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中'該使用者電視 係配置用以當選擇指導—區域數㈣存裝置以記 選疋之節目規劃相關項目時，則顯示互動式資訊 螢幕中的一記錄選項。 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係_節 、，則顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的-記錄選項， 記錄所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 請專利範圍第176項之_，其中該使用者電視 係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係—節 組時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示榮幕中的一記錄選 用以記錄所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 用以安排所選定之節目規劃相關項目的記錄。、 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 用以刪除所排定對所選定之節目規劃相關項目的 〇 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的—選 用以修正所排定對所選定之節目規劃相關項目= -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公爱) 、申請專利範圍 A B c D 〇8·如申 裝備 前播 選項 259.如申 裝備 項， 目群 260·如申 裝備 目系 一即261·如申 裝備 你系 Ar/T 一即 262.如申 裝備 動系 一即 263·如申 裝備 裝的 目群 ^專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使 係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項 映之節目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢 ’用以記錄所選定之節目規劃相關項目 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使 係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示嗲幕 孩選項係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 組0 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使 係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項 列的一部分時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示 目群組選項。 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使 係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項 列的一部分時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示 目群組選項。 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使 係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項 列的一部分時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示 目群組選項。 請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使 係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項 一部分時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕 組選項。 用者電视 目係一 幕中的 目 用者電视 中的一選 目的一節 用者電视 目係一節 螢幕中的 用者電视 目係一迷 螢幕中的 用者電視 目係一·運 螢幕中的 用者電視 目係一套 中的一節 裝 訂 -42 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐） 外4680 v、申請專利範圍 冰·=中請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 农備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係 目時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的_節目群 項’用以存取一節目群組的—互動式資訊顯示螢幕，、 孩節目群组係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 地如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係—頻 运時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示勞幕中的_節目群組選 項，用以存取-節目群組的—互動式資訊顯示勞幕， 孩節目群组係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 266.如中請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示榮幕中的一節目 =且選項二用以存取-節目群組的-互動式資訊顯示 螢幕，该即目群組包含所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 抓如申請專利範園第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目 群組選項，用以顯示節目群組的一覽表，該節目群组 包含所選足之節目規劃相關項目。 縦如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯 群组選項’用以存取-套裝的-互動式資訊顯 幕，該套裝包含所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 269.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯^幕中的__節目 -43- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297^7 申請專利範圍 群組選項，用以顯示套裝的—覽表，該套裝包含所選 定之節目規劃相關項目。 270. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目群組時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目群 組組成選項，用以存取所選定之節目規劃相關項目其 一組成的資訊。 271. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係_套 裝時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目群組組 成選項’用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目其一節 目組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 272. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一套 裝時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目群組組 成選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目其一頻 道組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 273·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當一節目系列時，則顯示互動式資訊 顯示螢幕中的一節目群組組成選項，用以顯示所選定 之卽目規劃相關項目其一節目組成的—互動式資訊顯 示螢幕。 274·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一迷 -44- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) B8 C86. Scope of patent application When the project is displayed, an option in the non-interactive information display TF screen is displayed. This option is related to all other program performances with the same title as the selected program planning related project. 247. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program, the option is All other performances that are the same as the selected program planning related item. 248. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program group, the Options are all other show performances that are part of the selected program planning related project. 249. The system according to the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen, and the option is a record about the selected program planning related items. 250 · If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display a record in the interactive information display screen when selecting and guiding a video player to record the selected program planning related items Options. 251. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to guide the video recording device on a television distribution device to record the selected program planning related items, then display -40 -This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). The scope of the patent application is shown as 252. As shown in the equipment list 253. For the equipment item, 254. For the equipment item group item, 255 If you are applying for equipment, 256. If you are applying for equipment, record 257. If you are applying for equipment, record a green option on the mobile display screen. Please refer to the system of the scope of patent No. 176, in which 'the user's television is configured to display a recording option in the interactive information screen when selecting the guidance-area number storage device to record the selected program planning related items' . Please apply for the system of the scope of patent No. 176, wherein the user's television is configured to display the-record option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is _ section, to record the selected program Planning related projects. Please refer to item 176 of the patent scope, wherein the user television is configured to display an interactive information display when a selected program planning related item is a group is selected to record the selected one. Program related projects. Please refer to the system of the scope of patent No. 176, wherein the user television is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen to arrange records of the selected program planning related items. The system of item 176 of the patent scope, wherein the user's television is configured to display an option in the interactive information display screen to delete the scheduled program related items of the selected program. System, in which the user's television is configured to display interactive information display screens—selection to modify the selected program planning related items = -41-This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X 297 public love), patent application scope AB c D 〇8 · Rushen equipment pre-play option 259. Rushen equipment item, project group 260 · Rushen equipment category 1 namely 261 · Rushen equipment you are Ar / T is 262. Rushen equipment is 263. Rushen equipment is equipped with the item No. 176 of the patent scope, wherein the system is configured to be used when the selected program is planned to show the related items, The interactive information display screen is used to record the selected program planning related items. Please refer to the system of patent scope No. 176, where the system is configured to display interactive information display screen children The item is related to the selected program planning related item group 0. The system of patent scope 176, wherein the system is configured to display an interactive information display item group when a part of the selected program planning related item list is displayed. Options. Please refer to the system of the scope of patent No. 176, wherein the system is configured to display an interactive information display item group option when a part of the selected program planning related item is displayed. Please refer to the system of the scope of patent No. 176, wherein the system is configured to display an interactive information display item group option when a part of the selected program planning related item is displayed. Please refer to the system of the scope of patent No. 176, wherein the system is configured to display an interactive information display screen option when a part of the selected program planning related item is displayed. User TV title in the scene of the user TV, one of the selected items in the user TV title, the user TV title in the screen, the user TV title in the mysterious screen, the screen The user TV title in the set is bound in one section of a set -42 This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) outside 4680 v, the scope of the patent application ice · = the scope of the patent application No. 176 System, in which the user ’s television farming system is configured to 'show the _program group item' in the interactive information display screen when accessing a selected program planning related project line to access a program group— Interactive information display screens, children's program groups are related to the selected program planning related items. The system of the scope of patent application No. 176, where the user's television equipment is configured to display an interactive information display _program group option when the selected program planning related items are frequency transport The interactive information display for accessing-program groups-The program group is related to the selected program planning related items. 266. The system according to item 176 of the patent application, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a program in the interactive information display glory == and option two is used to access-program group-interaction Information display screen, the immediate group contains the selected program planning related items. The system of item 176, such as the patent application park, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a program group option in an interactive information display screen and to display a list of program groups. The program group includes Programs related to the selected program.縦 If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display the interactive information display group option 'for access-package-interactive information display, the package contains the selected Program related projects. 269. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display __Program-43- in the interactive information display screen, this paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210X297 ^ 7 Patent application group option, used to display the package-list, the package contains the selected program planning related items. 270. For example, the system for patent application No. 176, where the user's television equipment is configured It is used to display a program group composition option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program group, and is used to access information of one component of the selected program planning related item. 271. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a program group composition option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a package 'An interactive information display screen used to display a program consisting of the selected program planning related items. 272. If the scope of patent application is 176 Item system, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a program group selection option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a package, and is used to display the selected program An interactive information display screen composed of a channel of a related project. 273. If the system of patent application No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display an interactive information display screen when a program series A program group selection option in which is used to display an interactive information display screen of a program composition of the selected project related to the project. 274. For example, the system for the scope of patent application No. 176, in which the user's television equipment The configuration is used when the selected program planning related items are a mystery -44- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) B8 C8 你系列時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目群 組組成選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目其 一節目組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 275·如申请專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一運 動系列時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目群 組組成選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目其 一節目組成的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 276.如申请專利範圍第17 6項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電子 郵件選項。 277·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電子 郵件選項，用以將電子郵件送至有關所選定之節目規 劃相關項目的一位址。 278·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電子 郵件選項，用以送出至少部分所選定之節目規劃相關 項目的一記錄副本。 279·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電子 郵件選項，用以送出觀賞所選定之節目規劃相關項目 的授權。 280·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 -45- 本纸張尺⑭國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) A8 B8 C8 ——___ D8___ 六、申請專利範i 一 '~一 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電子 郵件選項，用以從所選定之節目規劃相關項目送出一 影像。 281·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電子 郵件選項，用以送出一視訊剪輯，該視訊剪輯係有關 所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 282. 如申請I利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電子 郵件選項’用以送出有關所選定之節目規劃相關j頁目 的一商品。 283. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一電子 郵件選項’用以送出節目指南資訊，該節目指南資訊 係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 284·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一回授 選項。 285. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一資料 服務選項，用以存取一資料服務，該資料服務係有關 所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 286. 如申叫專利範圍第I%項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一選 -46- 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公茇) 494680 A8 B8 C8 ___________D8____—_ 六、申請專利範圍 ^ ' 〜一 項’用以選擇執行一應用，該應用係有關所選定之節 目規劃相關項目。‘ 287·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一聊天 選項。 288·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一聊天 選項’用以加入一聊天會期，該聊天會期係有關所選 定之節目規劃相關項目。 289.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一聊天 選項’用以起始一聊天會期，該聊天會期係有關所選 定之節目規劃相關項目。 290·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一聊天 選項’用以安排一聊天會期的一提醒器，該聊天會期 係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 291·如申请專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一網際 網路選項，用以存取一網頁，該網頁係有關所選定之 節目規劃相關項目。 292.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一網際 網路選項，用以顯示網頁的_覽表，該網頁係有關所 -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 494680 A8 B8When you are in the series, a program group composition option in the interactive information display screen is displayed to display an interactive information display screen composed of one program of the selected program planning related item. 275. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a program group in an interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a sports series A composition option is used to display an interactive information display screen of a program composition of the selected program planning related item. 276. The system of claim 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an email option in an interactive information display screen. 277. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an e-mail option in the interactive information display screen, the e-mail is sent to the selected program planning related items Address. 278. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an email option in the interactive information display screen, to send a record of at least part of the selected program planning related items Copy. 279. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display an e-mail option in an interactive information display screen to send an authorization to watch the selected program planning related items. 280. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, in which the user TV-45- this paper size National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 public love) A8 B8 C8 —— ___ D8___ VI. One '~ one equipment is configured to display an email option in the interactive information display screen for sending an image from the selected program planning related items. 281. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an e-mail option in an interactive information display screen for sending a video clip, the video clip is related to the selected Program related projects. 282. If the system of item 176 is applied, the user's television equipment is configured to display an email option in the interactive information display screen 'for sending a report about the selected page of the selected program plan. commodity. 283. If the system of patent application No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an email option in the interactive information display screen 'for sending program guide information, the program guide information is selected Related to program planning. 284. The system of claim 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a feedback option in an interactive information display screen. 285. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a data service option in an interactive information display screen for accessing a data service, the data service is selected Related to program planning. 286. If the system is claimed as item I% of the patent scope, in which the user ’s television equipment is configured to display one of the interactive information display screens -46- This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 public address) 494680 A8 B8 C8 ___________ D8 ____—_ VI. Patent Application ^ '~ One' is used to select and execute an application, which is related to the selected program planning related project. ‘287. For example, the system of claim 176, wherein the user ’s television equipment is configured to display a chat option in an interactive information display screen. 288. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display a chat option 'in the interactive information display screen' to join a chat session, the chat session is selected Related to program planning. 289. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a chat option 'in the interactive information display screen' to start a chat session, the chat session is related to Selected program planning related items. 290. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a chat option in the interactive information display screen 'a reminder to arrange a chat session, the chat session Related to the selected program planning related items. 291. If the system of patent application No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an Internet option in an interactive information display screen for accessing a web page, the web page is related to the selected Related to program planning. 292. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display an Internet option in an interactive information display screen, to display a list of web pages, the web page -47- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love) 494680 A8 B8 選定之節目規劃相關項目。 293·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一视訊 選項’用以顯示一視訊剪輯。 294·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一視訊 選項，用以顯示一視訊剪輯，該視訊剪輯係 定之節目規劃相關項目。 斤、 295•如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中詨使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一視訊 選項，用以將一視訊剪輯下載至區域儲存體，該視訊 剪輯係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 296. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一視訊 選項，用以顯示所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一部 分。 297. 如申请專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一相關頻道選 項’用以顯示一頻道的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕，該頻 道正演出所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 298. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一節 目時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一相關網路選 -48- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Selected program planning related items. 293. The system according to item 176 of the patent application scope, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a video option in the interactive information display screen 'for displaying a video clip. 294. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a video option in an interactive information display screen for displaying a video clip, the video clip is a predetermined program planning related item . 295, such as the system of patent application No. 176, in which the user's television equipment is configured to display a video option in an interactive information display screen for downloading a video clip to an area storage, the video The editing is related to the selected program planning. 296. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display a video option in an interactive information display screen to display a part of the selected program planning related items. 297. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a related channel option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program, use An interactive information display screen showing a channel that is performing a selected program planning related item. 298. If the system of the scope of patent application is No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a relevant network selection in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a program- 48- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 裝 玎Pretend A8 B8A8 B8 裝Hold 申請專利範圍 路時’則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一區域頻道， 用以顯示一頻道的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕，該頻道係 所選定之節目規劃相關項目的一區域加盟者。 〇4·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電視 装備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一頻 逭時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目列示選 項，用以顯示節目的一覽表，該節目係排定於所選定 之節目規劃相關項目上顯示。 305. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統’其中該使用者電視 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係一網 路時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一節目列示選 項，用以顯示節目的一覽表，該節目係排定於所選^ 之節目規劃相關項目上顯示。 义 306. 如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係:= 選項。 受幕中的一调譜至類道 307·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者兩、 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係二1 樂頻道時，則將調諧至頻道選項更名。 ' 号 308.如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，並 /、平琢使用者雷&gt; 節 觀賞選i， 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係現 目時，則顯示互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的 … 用以觀賞所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 -50 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 494680 ABCDThe scope of the patent application Road 'displays a regional channel in an interactive information display screen, which is used to display an interactive information display screen of a channel, which is a regional franchisee of a selected program planning related project. 〇4. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user's television equipment is configured to display a program listing in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a frequency band Option to display a list of programs that are scheduled to be displayed on the selected program planning related items. 305. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176 'where the user's television equipment is configured to display a program listing option in the interactive information display screen when the selected program planning related item is a network , Used to display a list of programs, which are scheduled to be displayed on the selected program related items. Meaning 306. For the system of the scope of application for patent No. 176, wherein the user electrical equipment is configured to be the selected program planning related item: = option. One of the tunes in the curtain is 307. If the system of the scope of patent application for item 176 is applied, the user ’s equipment is configured to be used when the selected program planning related project is the 2 channel. The tune to channel option is renamed. 'No. 308. If the system of the scope of application for the patent No. 176, and / or Pingzhuo User's Choice>, the equipment is configured to display the interaction when the selected program planning related project is the current project. In the information display screen ... to watch the selected program planning related items. -50 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 494680 ABCD 六、申請專利範圍 309·如申請專利範圍第176項之系統，其中該使用者電视 裝備係配置用以當所選定之節目規劃相關項目係—將 播卽目時則類7F互動式資訊顯示螢幕中的一調諧至 頻道選項，用以調諧至一頻道，該頻道將展示所選定 之節目規劃相關項目。 310. 一種電視系統，包含： 使用者電視裝備，用以至少部分實行一互動式應 用’其中該使用者電視裝備係配置用以提供一使用者 選擇多重節目規劃相關項目之一，以存取與該項目相 關聯的資訊之機會，且進一步配置用以顯示一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕，其中包括與一所選定之節目規劃相關 項目相關聯之資訊，且其中包括連至其他資訊顯示螢 幕心使用者可選擇超連結，該資訊顯示螢幕具有關於 與所選足項目不相同但相關之節目規劃相關項目的資 訊。 311·如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供各種特性，以決定何特性 可供串接所選定之節目規劃相關項目而運用，並提供 資訊顯不螢幕中所選定之節目規劃相關項目的決定之 特性。 312·如申請專利範圍第3 1〇項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一提醒器選項，可從互動 式資訊顯π螢幕中選擇，用以串接所選定之節目規劃 相關項目而運用一節目指南提醒器特性。 -51 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公嫠）— 申請專利範圍 313. 如申請專利範圍第⑽項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一觀賞選項，可從互動式 資訊顯示勞幕中選擇，用以串接所選定之節目規劃相 關項目而運用。 314. 如申請專利範圍第31〇項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進步配置用以提供一傾聽選項，可從互動式 資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以串接所選定之節目規劃相 關項目而運用一傾聽特性。 315. 如申請專利範圍第川項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進步配置用以提供一調諧至頻道選項，可從 互動式資訊顯示勞幕中選擇，用以串接所選定之節目 規劃相關項目而運用一調諧至頻道特性。 M6.如申請專利範圍第31〇項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一家長控制選項，可從互 動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以_接所選定之節目規 劃相關項目而運用一家長控制特性。 317. 如中請專利範圍第31。項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一購買選項，可從互動式 資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以錄放影機所選定之節目規 劃相關項目而運用一購買特性。 318. 如申請專利範圍第31〇項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一其他頻道/時間，可從 互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以串接所選定之節目 規劃相關項目而運用一節目指南其他頻道/時間特 -52- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公董)6. The scope of patent application 309. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 176, the user's television equipment is configured to display 7F interactive information when the selected program planning related items are to be broadcasted. A tune to channel option on the screen is used to tune to a channel that will display the selected program planning related items. 310. A television system comprising: user television equipment for at least partially implementing an interactive application, wherein the user television equipment is configured to provide a user to select one of multiple program planning related items to access and Opportunity for information associated with the item, and further configured to display an interactive information display screen that includes information associated with a selected program planning related item, and which includes links to other information display screens Optional hyperlink, the information display screen has information about different program planning related items that are different from the selected foot item. 311. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 310, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide various features to determine what features can be used in conjunction with the selected program planning related items, and provide information The characteristics of the decision of the program planning related items selected on the screen. 312. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 31 is applied, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a reminder option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen for connecting the selected program Plan related projects using a program guide reminder feature. -51-This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 gigabytes)-Patent application scope 313. For the system of patent application item ⑽, where the user's television equipment is further configured to provide A viewing option can be selected from the interactive information display screen, which can be used in conjunction with the selected program planning related items. 314. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 31 is applied, the user's television equipment is progressively configured to provide a listening option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to link the selected program planning related items And use the listening feature. 315. If the system of item No. Sichuan is applied for, the user's television equipment is progressively configured to provide a tune-to-channel option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to link the selected program plan Related items use a tuning-to-channel feature. M6. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 31, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a family control option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to connect with the selected program planning The project uses family control features. 317. As requested, the scope of the patent is No. 31. The system of this item, wherein the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a purchase option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen for recording and selecting the program planning related items selected by the video player and using a purchase feature. 318. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 31 is applied, the user television equipment is further configured to provide another channel / time, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to link the selected program plan For a related project, use a program guide for other channels / time special -52- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public directors) 者電視 可從互 節目規 者電視 互動式 規劃相 者電視 從互動 互動式 相關項Interactive TV Programs Interactive TV Interactive TV Planning Interactive TV Interactive TV Related Items 裝 訂 六、申請專利範圍 性。 319.如申請專利範圍第31〇項之 ^ ^ ^ ^ 又系統，其中該使用 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一 沉％ 偏好輪廓選項， 動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用 W 用以_接所選定之 劃相關項目而運用一偏好輪廓特性。 320·如中請專利範圍第31q項之系統，其中该使用 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一記錄選項，可從 資訊顯示勞幕中選擇，用以串接所選定之節目 關項目而運用一記錄特性。 321·如申請專利範圍第31〇項之系統，其中該使用 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一套裝超連結，可 式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以顯示一套裝的一 資訊顯示螢幕，該套裝包括所選定之節目規劃 目。 322.如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以一網路超連結，可從互動式資 訊顯示^:幕中選擇，用以顯示一網路的一互動式資訊 顯示螢幕’該網路係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項 目。 323.如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一頻道超連結，可從互動 式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以顯示一頻道的一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕，該頻道係有關所選定之節目規劃相關 項目0 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國国家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 494680 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利祀圍 324. 如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以決定所選定之節目規劃相關項 目是否為一頻道，以及提供一目前節目超連結，可從 互動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以顯示該頻道上一目 前節目的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 325. 如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以決定所選定之節目規劃相關項 目是否為一頻道，以及一將播節目超連結，可從互動 式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以顯示該頻道上一將播節 目的一互動式資訊顯示螢幕。 326. 如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一網頁選項.，可從互動式 資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以顯示一網頁，該網頁係有 關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 327·如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一聊天會期選項，可從互 動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以顯示一聊天會期，該 聊天會期係有關所選定之節目規劃相關項目。 328.如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一電子郵件選項，可從互 動式資訊顯不螢幕中選擇，用以草擬一電子郵件訊 息，該電子郵件訊息係傳送至有關所選定之節目規劃 相關項目的一位址。 329·如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 -54 - 本纸張尺度適用中國国家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公酱） ^4680 A8 B8 C8 ------ - _D8 六、申請專利範圍 ~~~~ ' — 裝備係進-步配置用以於互動式資訊顯示勞幕内顧示 -狀態指示器’用以提供所選定之節目规劃相關項目 之狀態資訊。 330.如申請專利範圍第31〇項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供所選定之節目規劃相關項 目的選項，並於互動式資訊顯示螢幕内顯示該選項。 33；!•如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供所選定之節目規劃相關項 目的選項，顯示某些選項，並捲動以顯示他選項。 332.如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一節目列示選項，可從互 動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以串接所選定之節目規 劃相關項目而運用一節目指南節目列示特性。 333·如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一跳離選項，可從互動式 資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以跳離互動式資訊顯示 幕。 /、 334·如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一前頁選項，可從互動式 資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以返回由使用者所存取的前 一螢幕。 335.如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步用以配置用以振動有關所選定之節目規 劃相關項目的資訊。 -55- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 494680 8 8 8 8 ABCD 六、申請專利範圍 336. 如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一加至喜妤選項，可從互 動式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以串接所選定之節目規 劃相關項目而運用一喜好特性。 337. 如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該使用者電視 裝備係進一步配置用以提供一節目超連結，可從互動 式資訊顯示螢幕中選擇，用以顯示一節目的一互動式 資訊顯示螢幕，該節目係有關所選定之節目規劃相關 項目。 338·如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該資訊顯示螢 幕包括一圖形影像。 339·如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該資訊顯示螢 幕包栝一圖形影像，該圖形影像係有關所選定之節目 規劃相關項目。 340·如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該資訊顯示螢 幕包括一圖形影像，可選擇以存取該圖形影像的一資 訊顯TF營幕。 341·如申請專利範圍第310項之系統，其中該資訊顯示勞 幕包括視訊。 342·如申请專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該資訊顯示勞 幕包括播送視訊，該視訊係有關所選定之節目規劃相 關項目。 343.如申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該資訊顯示勞 幕包括播送視訊，該視訊係有關一使用者先前所觀賞 -56 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 494680 六、申請專利範圍 之 344. 如 幕 345. 如 幕 規 346·如 幕 項 347·如 幕 動 348·如 幕 349·如 幕 項 350.如 幕 顯 A B c D 視訊。 申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該資訊顯示螢 包括一視訊剪輯。 申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該 包括一視訊剪輯，該視訊剪輯係有關所 劃相關項目。 申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該 包括一視訊剪輯，用以提供所選定之節 目的一預覽。 申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該 包括一視訊剪輯，可選擇以存取該視訊 式資訊顯示螢幕。 申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該資訊顯示螢 包括一廣告。 申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該 包括一廣告，該廣告係有關所選定之節 目。 申請專利範圍第3 10項之系統，其中該 包括一廣告，可選擇以存取該廣告的一 示螢幕。 -57- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐） 資訊顯示螢 選定之節目 資訊顯示螢 目規劃相關 資訊顯示螢 剪輯的一互 資訊顯示螢 目規劃相關 資訊顯示螢 互動式資訊Binding 6. Scope of patent application. 319. According to ^ ^ ^ ^ system of item 31 of the scope of patent application, the use equipment is further configured to provide a% preference contour option, which is selected in a dynamic information display screen, and W is used to connect A selected contour-related item is selected using a preferred contour characteristic. 320. The system of item 31q in the patent scope, wherein the use equipment is further configured to provide a recording option, which can be selected from the information display screen, and used to connect the selected program related items and use a record. characteristic. 321. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 31, the use equipment is further configured to provide a set of hyperlinks, selectable from the information display screen, and used to display an information display screen of a set, the set includes The selected program plan. 322. According to the system of claim 310, the user's television equipment is further configured for a network hyperlink, which can be selected from the interactive information display ^: screen to display an interaction of a network Information display screen 'The network is related to the selected program planning related items. 323. According to the system of claim 3 and item 10, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a channel hyperlink, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to display an interactive information of a channel. Display screen, the channel is related to the selected program planning related items 0 -53- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 494680 A8 B8 C8 D8 For example, the system for applying item No. 31 of the patent scope, wherein the user's television equipment is further configured to determine whether the selected program planning related item is a channel, and provides a current program hyperlink, which can display the screen from the interactive information Selection to display an interactive information display screen for the current show on the channel. 325. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 31 is applied, the user's television equipment is further configured to determine whether the selected program planning related item is a channel, and a hyperlink to the broadcast program can be obtained from interactive information An interactive information display screen selected in the display screen to show the next show on the channel. 326. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 31 is applied, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a web page option. It can be selected from the interactive information display screen to display a web page. The web page is related Selected program planning related items. 327. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 310, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a chat session option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to display a chat session, the chat The conference period is related to the selected program planning related items. 328. According to the system of claim 310, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide an email option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen for drafting an email message. The mail message is sent to a location related to the selected program planning related item. 329. If the system of the scope of application for the patent No. 310, where the user TV -54-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male sauce) ^ 4680 A8 B8 C8 ----- --_D8 6. Scope of patent application ~~~~ '— The equipment is further configured to show the status information in the interactive information display and the status indicator' to provide the status information of the selected program planning related items. 330. The system of claim 31, wherein the user's television equipment is further configured to provide an option for the selected program planning related item, and the option is displayed on the interactive information display screen. 33;! • If the system of the scope of patent application No. 310, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide options for the selected program planning related items, display some options, and scroll to display other options. 332. According to the system of claim 310, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a program display option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to link the selected program planning related The program uses a program guide program listing feature. 333. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 310, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a jump option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to jump off the interactive information display screen. /, 334 · If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 310, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a front page option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to return to access by the user Previous screen. 335. The system according to item 30 of the patent application scope, wherein the user's television equipment is further configured to vibrate information related to the selected program planning related items. -55- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 494680 8 8 8 8 ABCD VI. Application for patent scope 336. If the system of patent application scope No. 3 10, where the user The TV equipment is further configured to provide a plus to magpie option, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen, which is used to link the selected program planning related items and use a preference feature. 337. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 31 is applied, the user's television equipment is further configured to provide a program hyperlink, which can be selected from the interactive information display screen to display an interactive information of a section. Display screen, the program is related to the selected program planning related items. 338. The system according to item 30 of the scope of patent application, wherein the information display screen includes a graphic image. 339. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 310, wherein the information display screen includes a graphic image, the graphic image is related to the selected program planning related item. 340. If the system of claim 3-10 is applied for, the information display screen includes a graphic image, and an information display TF screen can be selected to access the graphic image. 341. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 310, the information shows that the labor includes video. 342. If the system of item No. 31 of the scope of patent application is applied, the information shows that the labor includes broadcasting video, which is related to the selected program planning. 343. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 3 10, where the information shows that the screen includes broadcast video, the video is related to a user previously watched -56-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 494680 6. The scope of the patent application 344. Such as the curtain 345. Such as the curtain rules 346 · as the curtain 347 · as the curtain moves 348 · as the curtain 349 · as the curtain 350. As the screen display AB c D video. The patent application system No. 31, wherein the information display screen includes a video clip. The system for applying for item No. 31 of the scope of patent application, which includes a video clip, and the video clip is related to the project. The system of claim 30, which includes a video clip to provide a preview of the selected program. The patent application system No. 31, which includes a video clip, can be selected to access the video information display screen. A system for applying for a scope of patent No. 31, wherein the information display screen includes an advertisement. The system for applying for item No. 31 of the patent scope, which includes an advertisement, the advertisement is related to the selected program. The system for applying for patent scope item No. 30, wherein the system includes an advertisement, and can be selected to access a display screen of the advertisement. -57- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) Information
TW088118396A 1998-11-12 1999-10-25 Program guide with interactive information display screen TW494680B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10827098P 1998-11-12 1998-11-12
US11026298P 1998-11-30 1998-11-30
US11049198P 1998-12-01 1998-12-01
US35626899A 1999-07-16 1999-07-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW494680B true TW494680B (en) 2002-07-11

Family

ID=27493631

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW088118396A TW494680B (en) 1998-11-12 1999-10-25 Program guide with interactive information display screen

Country Status (12)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1129576A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2002530018A (en)
KR (1) KR20010086021A (en)
CN (1) CN1330833A (en)
AR (1) AR024230A1 (en)
AU (1) AU756258B2 (en)
BR (1) BR9915335A (en)
CA (1) CA2349221A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1042002A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA01004831A (en)
TW (1) TW494680B (en)
WO (1) WO2000028734A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (66)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6418556B1 (en) 1993-09-09 2002-07-09 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method
US6769128B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2004-07-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access
US6002394A (en) 1995-10-02 1999-12-14 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Systems and methods for linking television viewers with advertisers and broadcasters
US6388714B1 (en) 1995-10-02 2002-05-14 Starsight Telecast Inc Interactive computer system for providing television schedule information
US8850477B2 (en) 1995-10-02 2014-09-30 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Systems and methods for linking television viewers with advertisers and broadcasters
US6323911B1 (en) 1995-10-02 2001-11-27 Starsight Telecast, Inc. System and method for using television schedule information
US5940073A (en) 1996-05-03 1999-08-17 Starsight Telecast Inc. Method and system for displaying other information in a TV program guide
US9113122B2 (en) 1997-04-21 2015-08-18 Rovi Guides, Inc. Method and apparatus for time-shifting video and text in a text-enhanced television program
ATE235780T1 (en) 1997-07-21 2003-04-15 Guide E Inc METHOD FOR NAVIGATING A TELEVISION PROGRAM GUIDE WITH ADVERTISING
AU9298398A (en) 1997-09-05 1999-03-29 Prevue International, Inc. Program guide application interface system
US6604240B2 (en) 1997-10-06 2003-08-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide system with operator showcase
KR100434894B1 (en) 1997-12-01 2004-06-07 스타사이트 텔레케스트, 인코포레이티드 Electronic program guide system with advertising messages in pop-ups
US7185355B1 (en) 1998-03-04 2007-02-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Program guide system with preference profiles
US20020095676A1 (en) 1998-05-15 2002-07-18 Robert A. Knee Interactive television program guide system for determining user values for demographic categories
AU4439899A (en) 1998-06-16 2000-01-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with simultaneous watch and record capabilities
US6442755B1 (en) 1998-07-07 2002-08-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic program guide using markup language
CN1867068A (en) 1998-07-14 2006-11-22 联合视频制品公司 Client-server based interactive television program guide system with remote server recording
AR020608A1 (en) 1998-07-17 2002-05-22 United Video Properties Inc A METHOD AND A PROVISION TO SUPPLY A USER REMOTE ACCESS TO AN INTERACTIVE PROGRAMMING GUIDE BY A REMOTE ACCESS LINK
CA2337463C (en) 1998-07-17 2009-10-13 United Video Properties, Inc. Television system with aided user program searching
AR019458A1 (en) 1998-07-23 2002-02-20 United Video Properties Inc AN INTERACTIVE TELEVISION PROGRAMMING GUIDE PROVISION THAT SERVES AS AN ENTRY
US7254823B2 (en) 1998-08-21 2007-08-07 United Video Properties, Inc. Apparatus and method for constrained selection of favorite channels
US6898762B2 (en) 1998-08-21 2005-05-24 United Video Properties, Inc. Client-server electronic program guide
US7603685B2 (en) 1998-11-03 2009-10-13 United Video Properties, Inc. Program guide system with combination category search
US6865746B1 (en) 1998-12-03 2005-03-08 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic program guide with related-program search feature
US6591292B1 (en) * 1999-01-08 2003-07-08 Thomson Licensing S.A. Method and interface for incorporating program information into an electronic message
AU5775900A (en) 1999-06-29 2001-01-31 United Video Properties, Inc. Method and system for a video-on-demand-related interactive display within an interactive television application
US20050177850A1 (en) 1999-10-29 2005-08-11 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television system with programming-related links
ES2638834T3 (en) 1999-11-23 2017-10-24 Rovi Guides, Inc. Interactive system of television-oriented messages
US20020124255A1 (en) 1999-12-10 2002-09-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for coordinating interactive and passive advertisement and merchandising opportunities
CN1805539A (en) 2000-03-31 2006-07-19 联合视频制品公司 Systems and methods for improved audience measuring
TW579653B (en) 2000-03-31 2004-03-11 United Video Properties Inc System and method for metadata-linked advertisements
WO2001091458A2 (en) * 2000-05-23 2001-11-29 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television application with watch lists
US6766956B1 (en) 2000-06-08 2004-07-27 United Video Properties, Inc. System and method for using portable device with bar-code scanner
DK1327209T3 (en) 2000-10-11 2008-12-08 United Video Properties Inc Systems and methods for providing data storage on servers in an on-demand media delivery system
PT1327358E (en) * 2000-10-11 2013-10-14 United Video Properties Inc Systems and methods for supplementing on-demand media
JP4547794B2 (en) * 2000-11-30 2010-09-22 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus and method, and recording medium
JP4587151B2 (en) * 2000-12-27 2010-11-24 キヤノン株式会社 Internet DTV system, commercial server and control method thereof
JP3734427B2 (en) * 2001-03-30 2006-01-11 株式会社ジャストシステム Program related information output device
FR2839410B1 (en) * 2002-05-03 2004-09-10 Thomson Licensing Sa METHOD FOR ACTIVATING AN AUDIOVISUAL TRANSMISSION AND THE INTERACTIVE APPLICATION THEREOF, AND RECEIVER IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD
US20040078810A1 (en) * 2002-06-07 2004-04-22 Monica Marics Method and system for performing actions related to programming in an electronic program guide
US7493646B2 (en) 2003-01-30 2009-02-17 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television systems with digital video recording and adjustable reminders
KR100533675B1 (en) 2003-07-24 2005-12-05 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and Method for remote-control using structured-data format
US7984468B2 (en) 2003-11-06 2011-07-19 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing program suggestions in an interactive television program guide
US9973817B1 (en) 2005-04-08 2018-05-15 Rovi Guides, Inc. System and method for providing a list of video-on-demand programs
US7788266B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-08-31 Veveo, Inc. Method and system for processing ambiguous, multi-term search queries
US9113107B2 (en) 2005-11-08 2015-08-18 Rovi Guides, Inc. Interactive advertising and program promotion in an interactive television system
US7529741B2 (en) 2006-03-06 2009-05-05 Veveo, Inc. Methods and systems for segmenting relative user preferences into fine-grain and coarse-grain collections
US8316394B2 (en) 2006-03-24 2012-11-20 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive media guidance application with intelligent navigation and display features
US8832742B2 (en) 2006-10-06 2014-09-09 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for acquiring, categorizing and delivering media in interactive media guidance applications
KR100800715B1 (en) * 2006-10-19 2008-02-01 삼성전자주식회사 Digital broadcasting station, digital broadcasting receiving terminal and program guide information providing method for providing filtered program guide information
US7801888B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2010-09-21 Microsoft Corporation Media content search results ranked by popularity
US20090133078A1 (en) 2007-11-16 2009-05-21 United Video Properties, Inc Systems and methods for automatically purchasing and recording popular pay programs in an interactive media delivery system
US8943539B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2015-01-27 Rovi Guides, Inc. Enabling a friend to remotely modify user data
US10063934B2 (en) 2008-11-25 2018-08-28 Rovi Technologies Corporation Reducing unicast session duration with restart TV
US9166714B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2015-10-20 Veveo, Inc. Method of and system for presenting enriched video viewing analytics
US9014546B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2015-04-21 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for automatically detecting users within detection regions of media devices
US8161071B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2012-04-17 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for audio asset storage and management
WO2012094564A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Veveo, Inc. Methods of and systems for content search based on environment sampling
US8805418B2 (en) 2011-12-23 2014-08-12 United Video Properties, Inc. Methods and systems for performing actions based on location-based rules
CN103870109B (en) * 2012-12-17 2017-09-29 联想(北京)有限公司 The method and electronic equipment of a kind of information processing
US20140196062A1 (en) 2013-01-10 2014-07-10 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for setting prices in data driven media placement
US9848276B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-12-19 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for auto-configuring a user equipment device with content consumption material
US9288521B2 (en) 2014-05-28 2016-03-15 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for updating media asset data based on pause point in the media asset
US9866913B1 (en) 2016-06-24 2018-01-09 TCL Research America Inc. Binary TV
US10091549B1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-10-02 Rovi Guides, Inc. Methods and systems for recommending media assets based on the geographic location at which the media assets are frequently consumed
CN108540848A (en) * 2018-03-01 2018-09-14 北京达佳互联信息技术有限公司 Video collection method and apparatus

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5223924A (en) * 1992-05-27 1993-06-29 North American Philips Corporation System and method for automatically correlating user preferences with a T.V. program information database
US5621456A (en) * 1993-06-22 1997-04-15 Apple Computer, Inc. Methods and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the display of multiple program categories
US5589892A (en) * 1993-09-09 1996-12-31 Knee; Robert A. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access
US5699107A (en) * 1995-05-05 1997-12-16 Microsoft Corporation Program reminder system
US5677708A (en) * 1995-05-05 1997-10-14 Microsoft Corporation System for displaying a list on a display screen
US6191782B1 (en) * 1996-08-30 2001-02-20 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Terminal apparatus and method for achieving interactive operations by displaying a desired piece of image information at high speed using cache memories, out of a large amount of image information sent in a one-way direction
ES2333115T3 (en) * 1996-12-10 2010-02-17 United Video Properties, Inc. INTERNET TELEVISION PROGRAM GUIDE SYSTEM.
US6163316A (en) * 1997-01-03 2000-12-19 Texas Instruments Incorporated Electronic programming system and method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MXPA01004831A (en) 2005-07-01
AU756258B2 (en) 2003-01-09
EP1129576A1 (en) 2001-09-05
AR024230A1 (en) 2002-09-25
CA2349221A1 (en) 2000-05-18
WO2000028734A1 (en) 2000-05-18
KR20010086021A (en) 2001-09-07
CN1330833A (en) 2002-01-09
BR9915335A (en) 2001-12-04
HK1042002A1 (en) 2002-07-26
JP2002530018A (en) 2002-09-10
AU1620400A (en) 2000-05-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW494680B (en) Program guide with interactive information display screen
KR101138433B1 (en) Program table display method, program table display apparatus and a recording medium
TW548982B (en) Systems and methods for building user media lists
TW432879B (en) Program guide system with video-on-demand browsing
TW447221B (en) Television message system
TW552806B (en) Program guide system with advertisements
CN100362865C (en) Internet TV Program Guide System
JP6999152B2 (en) Content distribution device and content distribution system
JP4735677B2 (en) Portable information terminal, information providing method, information processing program, information providing server, and information providing system
TW529306B (en) System for providing personalized program guide data and targeted advertising to a user of multiple program guides
US20050076363A1 (en) System and method for navigation of a multimedia interface
CN100512398C (en) Content recordation technique
CN101860721B (en) Information processing apparatus and method, information providing apparatus, information providing method, and information processing system
US20070044133A1 (en) System and method for unlimited channel broadcasting
US20050076364A1 (en) System and method for customizing a multimedia interface
CN103596031A (en) Systems and methods for providing channel groups in an interactive media guidance application
JP4483906B2 (en) INFORMATION PROVIDING SYSTEM, VIDEO REPRODUCTION DEVICE, INFORMATION PROVIDING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROVIDING METHOD, AND PROGRAM
US20050050022A1 (en) System and method for searching content using a multimedia interface
JP4801908B2 (en) Advertisement bidding system and program display system for broadcast programs
US20130166546A1 (en) Single Access Method for Multiple Media Sources
JP4219568B2 (en) Digital content online transaction support system, method, computer program, and recording medium
JP2002330415A (en) Contents producing device, method, computer program, recording medium
US8683520B2 (en) Information providing system, receiving device, information providing device, information providing method and program
JP4510487B2 (en) Program guide display method, program guide display device, and computer program
JP5079205B2 (en) System and method for providing program guide data

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees